Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Exploration & Production / Hurricane Energy Plc / FY2021 Annual Report

Hurricane Energy Plc
Annual Report 2021

HUR · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker HUR
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Exploration & Production
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Hurricane Energy Plc
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021

LANCASTER
LINCOLN
WARWICK 
CREST
P1368(S)
Halifax 205/23-3A
P2308
Our assets
N
0
5
10km
P2294
Hurricane developed and 
operates the UK’s first field 
to produce from a naturally 
fractured basement reservoir
P1368(C)

Throughout this report, ‘†’ indicates a non-IFRS measure, which management believe are useful 
in providing additional information on performance and trends. Definitions and reconciliations 
to the nearest equivalent IFRS measure are provided in Appendix B.
Strategic Report
1	
Highlights
2	
Chairman’s Statement
4	
Chief Executive Officer’s Review
8	
Lancaster Reserves and Resources
9	
Our Response to COVID-19 
10	
Strategy and Business Model
12	
Stakeholder Engagement 
14	
Section 172 
16	
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
20	
Going Concern
22	
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
31	
Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report
Corporate Governance
34	
Board of Directors
36	
Governance Report
43	
Audit and Risk Committee 
Chair’s Report
48	
Nominations Committee Chair’s Report
49	
Directors’ Remuneration Report
61	
Directors’ Report
Financial Statements
65	
Independent Auditor’s Report
72	
Group Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
73	
Group Balance Sheet
74	
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
75	
Group Cash Flow Statement
76	
Notes to the Group 
Financial Statements
103	 Company Balance Sheet
104	 Company Statement of Changes 
in Equity
105	 Notes to the Company 
Financial Statements
110	 Advisers
111	 Appendix A: Glossary
114	 Appendix B: Non-IFRS Measures
Revenue
From 7 cargoes
$240 million
Free cash flow†
Equivalent of $36 per barrel during 2021 
$136 million
Statutory profit after tax
$18 million
Production
Average daily rate
10,300 bopd
Crude oil sales
Across 7 cargoes
3.6 MMbbl
Net free cash† at 31 December 2021
$52 million
Net debt† at 31 December 2021
$27 million
Key figures
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
1
STRATEGIC REPORT

Dear Shareholders,
I am very pleased to introduce this Annual 
Report, the first since I took on the role of 
Chairman of Hurricane in February 2022, having 
joined the Board in October 2021.
2021 was a year of profound change for 
Hurricane as it moved from a focus on ensuring 
its financial survival to a much more upbeat 
consideration of its positive options for the 
future. That process has continued in the first 
part of this year, at a time when a highly volatile 
macro environment has heavily impacted the 
backdrop for oil and gas companies.
Hurricane now stands in a much stronger 
financial position than at this point twelve 
months ago, largely as a result of a combination 
of very good operational performance at the 
Lancaster field and continuing high oil prices 
resulting both from the easing of pandemic 
restrictions and, more recently, the terrible 
events in Ukraine, where we hope to see a 
peaceful resolution as soon as possible.
Following a number of Board changes in 2021 
and welcoming Juan Morera of Crystal Amber 
Fund Limited in March this year, the Company is 
clearly focused on determining its future path 
built upon firm operational and commercial 
foundations. As the need for domestic oil and 
gas supplies has been reinforced by the war in 
Ukraine, the policy and regulatory environment 
for Hurricane appears to be moving in a more 
supportive direction. We continue to engage 
with all our key stakeholders as we determine the 
most effective way to create value for investors.
Our priorities, as always, are safe, 
environmentally responsible and effective 
operations through our offshore and onshore 
business activities. I am very pleased to report 
that in 2021 the Company undertook all 
production, marine and well operations safely 
against a challenging COVID-19 backdrop. 
The focus both offshore and onshore has 
been to provide a safe working environment 
throughout the pandemic, with added 
safeguarding measures where necessary. The 
Aoka Mizu FPSO at the Lancaster Field has 
again performed well with excellent uptime. 
Our production averaged 10,267 barrels of 
oil per day (“bopd”) in 2021, and in the first 
quarter of 2022 it has been 9,372 bopd, 
maintaining this strong performance. We 
have, throughout the year, continued with our 
commitment to regulatory compliance and 
improved environmental stewardship; to that 
end we have been able to cut our 2021 Scope 
1 GHG emissions intensity on the Aoka Mizu 
by over 10%.
Our current position contrasts with the 
challenging situation Hurricane faced a year 
ago. As a result of the combined impact of 
reservoir challenges at the Lancaster field 
identified in 2020, which saw lower than 
originally predicted production levels due to the 
field’s well performance and markedly lower oil 
prices following the emergence of COVID-19, 
the Board believed there was significant doubt 
over the Company’s ability to repay its $230 
million Convertible bond. Therefore, in late 
2020, Hurricane commenced engagement with 
stakeholders, including an ad hoc group of its 
bondholders (the “Ad Hoc Committee”), to find 
a way to ensure Hurricane had a viable financial 
platform on which to operate and potentially 
invest further based on the Company’s 
anticipated cashflows.
Following those discussions, during the first 
half of 2021, the Company proposed the 
implementation of a financial restructuring to 
its bondholders and shareholders in order to 
provide the Company and its stakeholders with 
more financial certainty. Following a hearing 
at which the views of multiple stakeholders 
were presented, including shareholders and 
bondholders, the High Court decided that the 
restructuring should not be implemented.
Chairman’s Statement
A year of 
profound change
Philip Wolfe
Chairman
Hurricane Energy plc
2
STRATEGIC REPORT

In the wake of this decision, the Company’s 
incumbent Chairman, Steven McTiernan, and 
the other Non-Executive Directors, John van der 
Welle, Sandy Shaw, Beverley Smith and Dr David 
Jenkins, resigned from the Board on 29 June 
2021. The Board thanks the previous Chairman 
and the other Non-Executive Directors for 
their contribution to the Board over their years 
of service. John Wright and David Craik were 
appointed to the Board as Non-Executive 
Directors on 29 June 2021 with Mr Wright 
assuming the position of Interim Chairman, 
from which he stood down in February this 
year. I joined the Board in October 2021 as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director and was 
then appointed as Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman in February 2022, with Mr Wright 
stepping back to be a Non-Executive Director, 
and Juan Morera joined as Non-Executive 
Director in March 2022.
In December 2021, the Company announced 
the completion of a review, led by the Non-
Executive Directors of the Company, of the 
events leading up to the restructuring plan 
being rejected by the High Court in June 2021, 
including decisions made by the Company’s 
previous Board relating to the Company’s 
Convertible bonds and the restructuring 
plan. The review, having been requested by 
some shareholders, was overseen by the 
Non-Executive Directors and carried out by 
an independent solicitor assisted by leading 
counsel. The review concluded that the 
Company’s previous Board discharged their 
fiduciary duties diligently and in good faith 
during this time to address the fact that there 
was projected to be a significant shortfall 
upon maturity of the bond, and they received 
extensive advice from outside professionals on 
whom the Company’s previous Board could and 
did properly rely. The review concluded that no 
further action was necessary, and that time and 
resources should now be spent on maximising 
the future value and potential of the Company.
The Company has been focused on improving 
its financial situation and commencing in 
September 2021, the Company undertook a 
number of bond repurchases, repurchasing 
approximately 66% of its outstanding bonds 
at an average price of 86 cents in the dollar. 
These repurchases have reduced the par value 
of bonds held by third parties to $78.5 million, 
resulting in a combined net saving of $29.5 million 
in debt repayment and interest charges. The 
Board is now confident that the bond will be 
repaid in full in July 2022, with the Company 
forecasting to be holding net free cash of at 
least $60 million following the repayment, 
assuming oil prices remain at over $90/bbl.
I believe firmly that the challenges of 2021 are 
behind us, and the Board’s focus is now very 
much on working with the senior management 
team to determine the strategy that will create 
most value for our investors and provide a 
sustainable and exciting future for the business.
A number of options, by no means mutually 
exclusive, are under review to take the Company 
forward, whether by further exploitation of 
our existing portfolio, or entry to other assets 
within the UKCS, and ultimately with the aim of 
building an asset base to support capital returns 
to our investors. The senior management team 
is focused on identifying the most effective 
capital allocation to move Hurricane forward.
I look forward to updating stakeholders on our 
progress in due course and thank you for your 
continued support.
I would also like to thank my fellow Board 
members, all of the executive team and staff 
for their hard work, commitment and resilience 
during this very challenging time.
Philip Wolfe
Chairman
27 April 2022
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
3
STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive Officer’s Review
Introduction
2021 was a challenging year for Hurricane as 
we considered how best to ensure a sustainable 
future for the business against a volatile market 
backdrop, but I am pleased to report that the 
Company has emerged from a difficult period 
in a much stronger position than it entered last 
year, with a solid financial platform coupled 
with very good operational performance at its 
Lancaster field. It is a great credit to our team 
that we have delivered high uptime and output 
within guidance at Lancaster. We are now able 
to look forward and are working hard to identify 
how best to deploy allocate to create value for 
all our stakeholders.
Operational review
Greater Lancaster Area (GLA) 
Operationally, 2021 was focused on managing 
production from the Company’s Lancaster field 
to maximise output via the Aoka Mizu FPSO 
whilst also continuing our work to mitigate the 
impact of water cut and pressure decline in the 
field’s main producing well. Our operational 
team’s work resulted in an average production 
rate of 10,267 bopd for the period. 
The production uptime during the year was 
an excellent 92.3%, covering all planned 
and unplanned events. Overall, operational 
performance at Lancaster was very strong, 
with the team’s clear focus on safety and 
environmental performance underpinning its 
approach throughout the year.
Some operational challenges had to be 
overcome but were dealt with effectively 
and safely. In early June 2021, the electric 
submersible pump (“ESP”) in the P6 well tripped, 
which led to Lancaster production being 
temporarily reduced while the root cause of the 
trip was investigated. The successful restart of 
the P6 well was announced on 16 June 2021.
During 2021, seven cargoes of Lancaster oil were 
lifted, totalling 3.6 MMbbls. Post period end, the 
27th and 28th cargoes, totalling approximately 
another 1.05 MMbbls, have already been lifted 
in January and March respectively. The next 
cargo is expected to be lifted in May 2022 by 
which time Lancaster will have produced over 
13 million barrels since start-up.
In June 2021, the Company received approval of 
the Lancaster Field Development Plan Addendum 
(the “FDPA”) from the Regulator. The FDPA 
approval, together with associated production, 
flare, and vent consents, enables production 
with the bottom hole flowing pressure up to 300 
psi below the bubble point pressure of the fluid 
(1,605 psia at 1,240 metres TVDSS), subject to the 
Company ensuring that no incremental liberated 
gas is produced to surface.
The initial consent was for a three-month period 
from 16 June 2021 to 15 September 2021. 
Subsequent renewed production, flare, and vent 
consents were received, and future consents 
are expected to be issued on an ongoing three-
monthly basis subject to compliance with the 
terms of the FDPA. During December, the well 
gauge pressure reached and declined below 
bubble point, in line with the previously guided 
timing of this occurring between late December 
2021 and mid-February 2022. No production 
issues arising from reaching bubble point have 
been observed to date. The Company continues 
to monitor this issue closely and has continued 
to receive the required consents from the 
Regulator on a three-monthly basis.
In July 2021, the FPSO underwent a planned 
maintenance shutdown which was completed 
safely with production restarting in a timely 
manner, at an anticipated elevated production 
rate leading to the average oil rate for August 
being higher than in previous months. This 
then returned, as expected, to the trend seen 
throughout the rest of the year. 
Focused on capital 
discipline and 
operational performance
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer
Hurricane Energy plc
4
STRATEGIC REPORT

In September 2021, the Company provided 
production guidance for the six-month period 
1 October 2021 to 31 March 2022 of 8,500 – 
10,000 bopd, based on FPSO production uptime 
assumption (excluding annual maintenance 
shutdown) of 96.5% and production from the 
P6 well alone on artificial lift via ESP. Production 
during this 6-month period was 9,689 bopd, 
reflecting continued excellent uptime on the 
FPSO combined with production rates towards 
the top of the guided range.
Production guidance for the full calendar year 
2022 is 7,500 – 8,600 bopd. This is based on 
production from the P6 well alone on artificial 
lift via ESP, an annual maintenance shutdown 
anticipated to occur during Q3 2022, and 
overall FPSO production uptime outside of the 
shutdown window of 96.5%. As of 17 April 2022, 
Lancaster was producing c.9,150 bopd from the 
P6 well alone with an associated water cut of c. 
43%, in line with guidance. 
In June 2021, the Company resolved not to 
exercise its option to extend the bareboat 
charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO for an additional 
three years to June 2025 as it was deemed at 
that juncture, from a commercial and fiduciary 
perspective, not to be in the best interest of 
the Company or its stakeholders given the 
significant financial obligations exercising the 
extension option would have entailed. The 
initial three-year term was due to expire in 
June 2022. Hurricane subsequently concluded 
positive negotiations with Bluewater (Aoka 
Mizu) B.V. (“Bluewater”), the owner of the 
Aoka Mizu FPSO, with regards to an alternative 
extension and announced in March 2022 that 
it had signed a contract with Bluewater for an 
extension to the Bareboat Charter beyond the 
original expiry date of 4 June 2022.
The key terms of the extension are:
1.	
The charter was extended to cover 
the remaining economic life of the 
Lancaster field.
2.	
Either party can give six months’ notice 
to terminate the charter.
3.	
The existing day rate and tariff for the 
vessel remained at $75,000 per day and 
8% of revenue respectively.
4.	
Hurricane agreed to establish a secured 
deposit account of up to $18.7 million for 
the benefit of Bluewater to cover the costs 
associated with the day rate for the six-
month notice period and decommissioning 
in respect of the vessel.
This was an important step forward. It was key 
that Hurricane and Bluewater found a mutually 
acceptable deal to enable the Company to 
continue production beyond repayment of 
the bond. Based on the current oil price and 
field performance predictions we forecast this 
to be at least 18 months from 4 June 2022.
In addition to the charter extension, the 
Company also announced that it had 
negotiated with BP Oil International Limited 
(“BP”), the purchaser of its crude oil, a facility 
that will allow for cash to be advanced ahead of 
a lifting, drawing down against oil produced and 
held in the FPSO’s tanks but not yet lifted. This 
provides the ability to create more frequent 
cash receipts and assist with the Company’s 
working capital. The facility incurs a financing 
fee that is only payable if the Company uses it.
Greater Warwick Area (GWA)
The GWA JV (Hurricane 50%, Spirit Energy 
50%) has reassessed its understanding of the 
area, evaluating both the basement and the 
Mesozoic potential of the licences and has 
considered all options for further appraisal and 
routes to possible development. Owing to the 
disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
an agreement was reached with the Regulator 
to extend the deadline for commencement of 
the Lincoln obligation well (“Lincoln Well”) from 
31 December 2020 to 30 June 2022. 
Following the technical re-evaluation and 
interpretation of the area, the GWA JV further 
engaged with the Regulator to seek an 
appropriate extension to the timeframe for 
this commitment, beyond 30 June 2022. As 
announced on 17 December 2021, the Regulator 
had indicated that in the current circumstances 
it was not content to support a further deferral 
of the Lincoln Well. As such, the GWA JV elected 
to suspend further funding towards planning 
and drilling of the obligation Lincoln Well in 
2022 while it continued its discussions with 
the Regulator. 
Efforts to realise value for its equity share of the 
GWA assets, including the possibility of third-
party funding for the drilling of the Lincoln Well, 
were explored by Hurricane with a significant 
number of external parties, however, these did 
not result in formalising any interest to secure 
third party investment in the GWA assets. 
Hurricane has determined that further appraisal 
and development costs to reach an economic 
development on Lincoln within acceptable 
risk and licence timing is not feasible for the 
Company on a standalone basis. Further to 
discussions with our JV partner, Spirit Energy, 
the GWA JV has taken the decision to surrender 
the Lincoln P1368(S) licence sub area. With 
access to limited funds, and no reasonable 
expectation that the Lincoln discovery could 
generate any meaningful near-term cash 
realisation in comparison to the other options 
currently under consideration, voluntarily 
surrendering the Licence is the right choice. 
This gives rise to an impairment charge of 
$54.3 million against the full carrying value of 
the Lincoln asset in the Company’s accounts.
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
5
STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued
Health and Safety 
In 2021, Hurricane recorded one Lost Time 
Incident, when an offshore technician sustained 
a hand injury whilst undertaking maintenance 
activities. The individual made a full recovery. 
The incident was fully investigated by Bluewater 
and Hurricane. 
The Lost Time Incident Frequency rate for 2021 
was 1.71, compared to 1.29 for 2020. 
Throughout the year COVID-19 continued 
to feature highly on Hurricane’s risk register. 
We have continued to work closely with our 
stakeholders and government authorities to 
manage the impact of COVID-19 on all aspects 
of our business during 2021. 
Safeguarding measures were put in place to 
manage the health and safety of offshore 
personnel. These measures included pre-
mobilisation COVID-19 testing, use of face 
coverings during transit to the FPSO by 
helicopter, daily COVID-19 health screening 
on the FPSO and the wearing of face masks 
offshore, where practicable, to prevent 
airborne transmission. Our installation operator, 
Bluewater, has put in place a COVID-19 hazard 
identification risk assessment aimed at 
preventing outbreaks of COVID-19 offshore 
and, if cases occur, managing any outbreaks on 
the FPSO. Offshore medics have been trained 
in the use of testing equipment, which has 
been vital for the early detection, isolation, and 
repatriation to shore of COVID-19 cases. 
Where there have been any suspected or 
confirmed cases offshore, medics have acted 
promptly to ensure anyone affected was 
isolated and treated in conjunction with advice 
from Bluewater’s topside doctor. Dedicated 
COVID-19 flying arrangements, with attendant 
paramedics, have been put in place to repatriate 
suspected or confirmed COVID-19 cases back 
to shore for further assessment and treatment 
where necessary. We are pleased to report 
that COVID-19 did not adversely affect safe 
operations throughout the year.
ESG and gas export update
In June 2021, Hurricane published its second 
standalone Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”) report. The report covered 
Hurricane’s approach to ESG and performance 
across its operations for the 2020 calendar year. 
It will publish its third ESG report later this year.
During 2021, our Scope 1 greenhouse gas 
emissions were 139,584 tonnes CO2e, or 37.2 
kg/bbl on an intensity basis. This compared 
with 210,884 tonnes CO2e and 41.5 kg/bbl in 
2020. These emissions meet the OEUK Scope 
1 definition and include CO2 as well as other 
greenhouse gases specified by the Kyoto 
Protocol. These figures and are based on 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s 
(“IPCC”) Fifth Assessment report, whereas 
previously, Hurricane reported using IPCC’s 
Fourth Assessment report; figures for 2020 
have therefore been restated and align with 
the NSTA’s reporting metrics. We believe 
this provides a more complete picture of our 
emissions performance and will allow for easier 
annual comparisons in the future. 
On the FPSO there has been a particular focus 
on optimising power generation following 
successful FPSO power management system 
testing and a revision to the FPSO’s power 
generation strategy. This has led to a reduction 
in power generation emissions of 42,727 tonnes 
CO2 in 2020 to 33,208 tonnes CO2 in 2021.
Currently, associated gas production from the 
Lancaster EPS is partially used as fuel gas for 
the Aoka Mizu FPSO, with the remainder flared 
under the consent within the approved Field 
Development Plan Addendum. We remain 
fully cognisant of the increased scrutiny and 
oversight in this area and are committed to 
continuing to look at ways of further reducing 
this figure and our overall environmental 
footprint in 2022 and beyond where it is 
economically and commercially viable to do so.
Operational review continued
Decommissioning Activities
In July 2021, Hurricane completed the plugging 
and abandonment (“P&A”) of the 205/26b-14 
(“Lincoln-14”) well, which Hurricane conducted 
on behalf of the GWA JV. Hurricane contracted 
the Stena Don semi-submersible rig with the 
operation completed within both schedule and 
budget. The GWA JV had a regulatory obligation 
to P&A the Lincoln-14 well by 31 October 2021, 
and this obligation was fulfilled in advance of 
this date. 
During November 2021, the Company 
successfully completed the P&A of the 
Lancaster 205/21a-4z well for a cost of c.$1 
million. $2.2 million of decommissioning 
security (previously classified as restricted cash) 
was released back to the Company and used in 
part to fund this P&A activity.
Subsequent to the year end, in accordance 
with the provisions of the Petroleum Act 
1998 and related guidance, Hurricane and 
Bluewater submitted for the consideration of 
the Secretary of State for Business, Energy and 
Industrial Strategy, a draft Decommissioning 
Programme for the Lancaster Field FPSO. The 
draft was published to allow interested parties 
to be consulted on such decommissioning 
proposals well in advance of forecast cessation 
of production operations.
Hurricane Energy plc
6
STRATEGIC REPORT

Bond tenders
In September 2021, the Company undertook 
a bond tender exercise, repurchasing 
approximately 34% of its outstanding bonds at 
a price of 78 cents in the dollar. This reduced 
the par value of bonds held by third parties 
to $152 million, using $62 million of net 
free cash, inclusive of accrued interest. The 
Company completed three further repurchases 
during December 2021: first it completed 
the repurchase of a further $15.0 million of 
its bonds for a total consideration of $14.0 
million, including accrued interest; then it 
repurchased an additional $28.5 million for a 
total consideration of $27.3 million, including 
accrued interest; and finally it repurchased an 
additional $30.0 million in aggregate principal 
for a total consideration of $29.0 million, 
including accrued interest. The net effect 
of these purchases was that by the end of 
2021, the nominal value of the Company’s 
outstanding bonds had reduced to $78.5 
million, and a total of $29.5 million of savings 
had been achieved.
Reserves and resources
While the Lancaster field EPS was developed 
on time and on budget with first production 
achieved in May 2019, the field has significantly 
underperformed pre-production expectations. 
Following the full technical review of the 
Lancaster field and the Company’s wider 
West of Shetland portfolio in 2020 and the 
independent assessment of the Company’s 
assets, published in April 2021, additional 
detailed subsurface and reservoir performance 
analysis has been ongoing throughout the year.
Hurricane elected to retain ERC Equipoise 
Limited (“ERCE”) to update its Competent 
Person’s Report (“CPR”) on the Reserves and 
Contingent Resources of the Lancaster field, 
published in April 2022. Their estimates of 
Lancaster field Reserves and the Contingent 
Resources are detailed in the tables below. 
Year on year comparison shows an increase 
in developed reserves, in part due to 
the implications of the Lancaster field’s 
performance during 2021 and in part due to 
high oil price assumptions. 
People and operations
I would also like to express my thanks to all our 
colleagues whose hard work, professionalism 
and dedication during a challenging year has 
ensured Hurricane’s operational delivery since 
start-up of the Lancaster field has been first 
class. Many months of work on the technical 
review and development options screening has 
been compressed into a fraction of that time 
without compromising on rigour or quality.
The health and safety of our onshore colleagues 
has also been a priority given the home working 
arrangements put in place in March 2020 to 
manage the spread of COVID-19. Our onshore 
staff have primarily been working from home 
since that time and, where possible, we actively 
encouraged flexible working recognising 
that employees may have responsibility for 
childcare, home schooling, family members as 
well as other obligations during the pandemic. 
We have conducted home working assessments 
to ensure that our staff have the necessary 
equipment and appropriate working conditions 
for safe and effective remote working. We 
have also introduced initiatives to address 
staff isolation and encourage contact between 
colleagues while we are working remotely. 
Feedback from employee engagement 
suggested that as we returned to the office, our 
employees wished to preserve some measure of 
home working, and we have aimed to achieve 
this where possible. Our offices reopened on 8 
November 2021, with the implementation of 
a trial hybrid working arrangement requiring 
two days’ office attendance per week. With 
the resurgence of the COVID-19 Omicron 
variant, we took the decision to curtail the 
hybrid working arrangement on 9 December 
2021, returning to home working. Following 
the Government’s relaxation of COVID-19 
precautionary measure, we reopened the office 
in February 2022, returning to the earlier hybrid 
working arrangement. We continue to monitor 
the prevalence of COVID-19 in the workplace 
and society at large, in order to ensure we apply 
suitable safeguarding measures to personnel 
both onshore and offshore.
Outlook 
The Company anticipates that production from 
Lancaster will be in the range of 7,500 – 8,600 
bopd during 2022, including a usual period of 
scheduled maintenance and uptime of 96.5% 
outside of the maintenance window. We expect 
water cut to increase and pressure decline to 
continue but still see the field as highly cash 
generative at current commodity prices.
With the expectation that oil prices remain 
over $90/bbl, post bond repayment we forecast 
to have over $60 million of net free cash†. 
Our thoughts are therefore fully focused on 
building on our position of increasing strength 
and value. Against the backdrop of our 
demonstrable operational track record, financial 
discipline, and the significant rise in oil prices, 
we are preparing Hurricane for the future. The 
UK Government’s renewed emphasis on security 
of supply is welcome and we are working 
hard to identify how best to optimise capital 
allocation in future activities to build further 
value for our shareholders, whether through 
further investment in our existing portfolio, 
or in new opportunities in the UK oil and gas 
sector, or both.
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer 
27 April 2022
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
7
STRATEGIC REPORT

Lancaster Reserves and Resources 
While the Lancaster field EPS was developed 
on time and on budget with first production 
achieved in May 2019, the field has significantly 
underperformed pre-production expectations. 
Following the full technical review of the 
Lancaster field and the Company’s wider 
West of Shetland portfolio in 2020 and the 
independent assessment of the Company’s 
assets, published in April 2021, additional 
detailed subsurface and reservoir performance 
analysis has been ongoing throughout the year.
Hurricane elected to retain ERCE to update its 
CPR on the Reserves and Contingent Resources 
of the Lancaster field, published in April 2022. 
ERCE’s work has been prepared in accordance 
with the June 2018 Petroleum Resources 
Management System (PRMS) as the standard 
for classification and reporting with an effective 
date of 31 December 2021. 
ERCE’s estimates of Lancaster field Reserves 
and the Contingent Resources are detailed 
in the tables below. Year on year comparison 
shows an increase in developed reserves, in part 
due to the implications of the Lancaster field’s 
performance during 2021 and in part due to 
higher oil price assumptions. 
The Company’s ability to monetise its 
Contingent Resources will require further 
technical appraisal, a commercially viable 
development plan to be agreed, sufficient 
additional funding for further appraisal and 
development, and regulatory consents. The 
funding of any appraisal and/or development 
activity, and the Company’s financial planning 
more broadly, needs to consider the Company’s 
existing financial and contractual obligations, 
such as decommissioning and costs associated 
with the charter and operation of the 
Aoka Mizu.
ERCE’s estimates of Reserves for the Lancaster field as of 31 December 2021 
Gross 
Net attributable to Hurricane
(MMbbl) 
1P 
2P 
3P 
1P 
2P 
3P 
Developed Reserves (MMbbl)1 
4.1
5.8
9.1
4.1
5.8
9.1
Notes: 
1.	 In determining the economic Reserves for the Lancaster field, ERCE has assumed a nominal Brent oil price forecasts as of 31 December 2021 of US$75/bbl in 
2022, US$71/bbl in 2023, US$69/bbl in 2024 and US$70/bbl in 2025 and constant thereafter in real terms. In line with PRMS guidelines, the nominal oil prices 
assumed are those forecasts made as at the effective date of the CPR, being 31 December 2021. Prices are escalated at 2.0% per annum inflation 
ERCE’s estimates of Contingent Resources for the Lancaster field at 31 December 2021
Gross 
Net attributable to Hurricane
(MMbbl) 
1C 
2C 
3C 
1C 
2C 
3C 
Contingent Resources, Development Unclarified2 
11.3
35.4
86.9
11.3
35.4
86.9
Notes: 
2.	 Contingent Resources, Development Unclarified, assume additional development wells and/or water injection is implemented as part of any further 
development; and contingent on regulatory consents, funding and execution during the lifetime of the existing Lancaster wells.  
A summary of the movements in net attributable 2P Reserves as compared 
to the previous CPR (effective date of 31 December 2020) is as follows: 
 
Net attributable 
2P Reserves 
(MMbbl) 
At 31 December 2020 
7.1 
Produced during the year 
(3.7) 
Change in assumptions and economic life 
2.4 
At 31 December 2021 
5.8
Hurricane Energy plc
8
STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Response to COVID-19
COVID-19 
During 2021 our occupational health and 
safety practices across our offshore activities 
continued to be at the very core of our daily 
operations and remained aligned with best 
practice. During the year we continued to assess 
the likely impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
on key offshore and onshore activities to 
determine how Hurricane’s activities could 
proceed safely. 
COVID-19 continued to feature highly on 
Hurricane’s risk register. The nature of the 
pandemic changed from the prominent Delta 
variant circulating in society to the emergence 
of Omicron as a variant of concern. Hurricane 
contracts the provision of aviation services 
to the Aoka Mizu FPSO; in consultation with 
the FPSO Installation Operator and aviation 
service provider, Bluewater and Bristow 
respectively, we developed effective COVID-19 
risk control measures related to these services, 
including COVID-19 self-declaration forms, 
pre-mobilisation PCR testing, and the availability 
of paramedics to ensure safe repatriation via 
dedicated flights back to shore of any people 
having or suspected of having COVID-19. 
Bluewater has put in place a COVID-19 hazard 
identification risk assessment aimed at 
preventing outbreaks of COVID-19 offshore 
and, if cases occur, managing any outbreaks 
on the installation. Offshore medics have been 
trained in the use of testing equipment, which 
has been vital for the early detection, isolation 
and repatriation to shore of COVID-19 cases. 
Where there have been suspected or confirmed 
cases offshore, medics have acted promptly 
to ensure anyone affected was isolated and 
treated in conjunction with advice from 
Bluewater’s onshore doctor. We are pleased to 
report that COVID-19 did not adversely affect 
safe operations throughout the year.
Hurricane and Bluewater have kept COVID-19 
risk control measures under constant review to 
ensure alignment with the pandemic steering 
group guidance supplied by OEUK. We have also 
ensured that adequate resources have been put 
in place to manage COVID-19 exposure during 
the pandemic.
Beginning in October 2021, in advance of 
the Lancaster 205/21a-4Z P&A programme, 
we undertook a scoping exercise on the 
Maersk Forza subsea construction vessel. In 
conjunction with Petrofac, our Well Operator, 
we ensured that robust COVID-19 risk control 
measures were put in place prior to work taking 
place. These measures included COVID-19 
self-declaration forms, pre-mobilisation PCR 
testing and offshore hazard identification 
risk assessments. The P&A programme was 
completed without any suspected or confirmed 
cases of COVID-19 being recorded.
As advised by the UK and Scottish governments, 
we continued to allow our office-based staff to 
work from home during 2021 to protect them 
from the spread of COVID-19. We also set up a 
cross-functional ‘Return To Office’ work group 
to monitor government guidance, review 
COVID-19 trends in the general population, 
and to ensure that any staff returning to our 
workplaces in Aberdeen and Surrey were able 
to do so in a safe manner.
In addition, we created a COVID-19 hazard 
identification risk assessment for our offices, 
looking at all control measures needed to allow 
safe working. Alongside this, communication 
packs containing the latest government 
advice on office working, along with wellbeing 
support, were distributed to all staff regularly 
throughout the year.
As the pandemic continues to pose the risk 
of unprecedented effects to our operations, 
supply chains, personnel and the wider 
economy, further details of COVID-19 as a key 
risk factor to our business, how it is managed 
are set out on page 28 within the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties section of this report. 
Further information can be found in our 
separate Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report, which will be published shortly after this 
Annual Report.
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
9
STRATEGIC REPORT

Strategy and Business Model
Maximising cash flow from Lancaster 
and targeting new opportunities
The Company’s cost savings, combined with a significant rise in oil prices over the past year, has resulted in 
Hurricane forecasting an ability to repay the outstanding bonds in full in July 2022 and subsequently holding 
a significant amount of surplus cash. Therefore, our strategy looking forward is to continue to maximise 
cash flows from the existing Lancaster infrastructure while at the same time identifying the best investment 
opportunities either within our existing assets, in new assets, or both.
Principal risks
B
D
E
F
K
J
G
Principal risks
A
C
D
H
L
I
Principal risks
A
B
C
D
G
F
E
K
I
L
1. Harvest
Maximise cash flows from the Lancaster field.
Production from the Lancaster P6 well has been very reliable over the past year, with excellent 
uptime from the EPS. The Company will seek to maximise cash flows from the existing Lancaster 
infrastructure to enable the new investment opportunities to be considered.
3. Acquire
Seek opportunities to invest in third-party assets to develop and grow value for 
shareholders.
The Company is looking to grow and diversify its asset portfolio and reduce the production risk 
associated with single field/single well production. The Company will seek attractive investment 
opportunities, focused on the UKCS, to invest in and to grow the underlying value of the Company 
and build a broader base to develop in the future.
2. Develop
Convert Contingent Resources to Reserves to maximise value ascribed by the 
market and industry.
Hurricane’s fields and discoveries have been assigned Contingent Resources by third-party Reserves 
consultant, ERCE. The Company will continue to mature the technical and commercial work required 
to deliver a viable development plan to target these Contingent Resources and convert them to 
Reserves. If considered, compared to other opportunities, to have an appropriate risk / reward 
balance, the Company aims to deliver any such further activity in a cost-effective manner. 
Our approach to health, 
safety and the environment
Hurricane has an integrated health, safety 
and environmental management system 
(HSEMS) certified to ISO 14001 and 
ISO 45001. 
STRATEGY	
LINK TO PRINCIPAL RISKS
Hurricane Energy plc
10
STRATEGIC REPORT

Background to updated business model and 
strategy
Rising oil prices throughout much of 2021, coupled with the consistent 
performance of the Lancaster field and significant costs savings, has 
resulted in the Company reducing its net debt† during the year. The 
Company finished the year with a net free cash† position of $52 million, 
and a net debt† position of $27 million. Oil prices in early 2022 have 
continued to rise but remain highly volatile and there is considerable 
uncertainty over future prices given near-term supply and demand 
dynamics and the longer-term impact of the energy transition. 
As a consequence of the strong cash position, reliable production and 
higher oil prices, current financial projections show the Company will be 
able to repay the outstanding $78.5 million of Convertible bond debt at 
maturity in July 2022. In addition, post bond repayment and after funding 
the Bluewater secured deposit account (as part of the FPSO charter 
extension terms) Hurricane will have a significant cash balance which 
could be invested in new opportunities on its existing assets and/or new 
opportunities.
New opportunities and exploring existing upside 
potential
The Company will continue its technical and commercial work to mature 
potential further investment opportunities within its portfolio. In 
particular, the Company has developed plans for a new production well 
on the Lancaster field which would be drilled into central high of the field. 
While the incremental Reserves targeted by this well would be modest, it 
would accelerate production from the field. Given the fixed cost base due 
to the FPSO, this provides a potentially attractive investment opportunity 
whilst also providing production resilience through a second production 
well, directly addressing the significant operational risk of reliance on the 
205/21a-6 well alone. 
In parallel, Hurricane is evaluating other third‑party opportunities within 
the UKCS to expand and diversify its existing portfolio.
Both the potential development of existing assets and the acquisition 
of new assets will be carefully assessed considering the risks involved in 
each case, the necessary funding requirements, and the potential value 
opportunity for the Company and its shareholders.
Risk management and environmental aspects and impacts management form the basis of our 
decision-making when undertaking business and/or safety critical activities. Hurricane has 
embedded its risk management processes into business operations to ensure key decisions 
and risks continue to be kept under review, with corrective measures taken when required. 
In previous years, Hurricane’s strategic priorities were shaped by an 
overriding aim of maximising the value of the Company’s Reserves and 
Contingent Resources. We used a number of financial key performance 
indicators (KPIs) to measure our progress and determine short and long-
term incentives. Such KPIs were comprised of:
i.	
Performance measures, based on short-term measures intended to 
drive the progress of the delivery of the Company’s strategy, which 
determined annual bonus awards; and 
ii.	
Milestones, which were longer-term measures designed to support 
the successful delivery of the Lancaster EPS and monetisation of the 
Group’s assets over a five-year period, and which were to be used to 
determine the eventual awards under the Value Creation Plan (“VCP”) 
at maturity. 
Underpinning all of the KPIs was a commitment to operating in a safe 
and environmentally sound manner. 
The Board continues to track performance against a mix of financial 
and non-financial measures. The Performance Measures for 2021 in the 
first half of the year were contingent on the outcome of the proposed 
financial restructuring which was not sanctioned by the Court in June 
2021. Notwithstanding that event, the Company’s KPIs will continue to 
be anchored by a focus on safe and responsible working practices and 
value creation, alongside the objectives of stakeholder engagement, 
workforce communication and support.
Measuring performance
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
11
STRATEGIC REPORT

For our stakeholders 
Stakeholder Engagement
Employees  
Why we engage
Our people are fundamental to our 
business and in order to drive the 
success of the business, we need 
to have a motivated workforce.
How we engage
Employees are encouraged at all levels to 
provide feedback directly to management 
and senior management. There is an 
open dialogue at all levels – business and 
operational update meetings, operational 
‘know and grow’ meetings, workforce 
engagement meetings at Group level and 
smaller team meetings which provide 
feedback to management.
How the Board engaged
The Board engages with the Company’s 
employees throughout the year, mainly 
informally and through frequent Group 
townhalls. Members of the Board 
informally liaise with employees and 
enquire and take an interest in their 
day-to-day roles. In the first six months 
of the year, as incumbent Chair of the 
Remuneration and ESG Committee and 
designated Non-Executive Director for 
workforce engagement matters, Sandy 
Shaw carried out informal employee 
engagement with employees facilitated by 
video calls.
Shareholders 
Why we engage
Having invested risk capital in the business, 
we have a duty to engage, where possible, 
with our shareholders and keep them 
informed of our strategic plans and 
progress towards these. 
How we engage
During 2021 we mainly interacted with 
shareholders virtually due to the COVID-19 
restrictions. This included the AGM and 
also the shareholder meeting held as 
part of the restructuring proposal. While 
the focus during the first half of 2021 
was on addressing our debt and the 
proposed restructuring, the second half 
of the year concentrated on cost and 
debt management with an aim to bridge 
the debt repayment funding gap. In 
addition, the Company continued to issue 
regular operational and financial updates 
to shareholders. 
How the Board engaged
In 2021, the Chairman, CEO and CFO 
engaged with key shareholders. This was 
done in person if possible but virtually 
where COVID-19 restrictions made it 
necessary. These interactions included 
a shareholder meeting held as part of 
the proposed restructuring. Following 
the Court’s decision not to sanction the 
restructuring the Company continued 
to seek engagement with certain large 
shareholders, in relation to the possible 
future plans for the Company as well as 
Board appointments. 
Key stakeholder groups
Why we engage with our stakeholders 
The delivery of our strategy is reliant on the support and commitment of our stakeholders. 
The table below provides a high-level overview of how we engaged with our stakeholders during 
the year in review.
Bondholders 
 
Why we engage
Having provided funding to part-finance the 
Lancaster EPS, we have a duty to engage, 
where possible, with our bondholders, 
particularly with respect to our ability 
to meet our financial commitments 
(interest payments and repayment of the 
Convertible bond) as they fall due.
How we engage
Ordinary course engagement with 
bondholders is in practice the same as 
for shareholders, in the form of public 
announcements, direct interaction 
through meetings (in-person or virtually) 
and set piece events. Following the 
material downgrade to Lancaster Reserves 
and the Contingent Resources across our 
West of Shetland assets, the Company 
started engagement in 2020 with an ad 
hoc committee of its bondholders over the 
strategic direction and business model of 
the Company. This engagement continued 
through the first half of 2021. In the 
second half of the year the interaction with 
the bondholders was minimal. During this 
time the Company undertook a number 
of bond buybacks reducing the value of 
the outstanding Convertible bonds.
How the Board engaged
In the ordinary course and given its 
fiduciary duties, the Board would focus its 
attention and interactions on shareholders 
while being kept informed of feedback 
and sentiment among its bondholders. 
However, the significant downgrade to 
the Company’s Reserves and Contingent 
Resources announced during 2020 resulted, 
by necessity and legal obligation, in the 
Board’s focus switching to engagement 
with its bondholders, primarily through 
its financial and legal advisers. 
Hurricane Energy plc
12
STRATEGIC REPORT

Strategic  
or business 
partners 
Why we engage
Our strategic and business 
partners, consisting of Tier 
1 contractors and our GWA 
joint venture partner Spirit, 
are part of our business 
and deeply rooted in our 
operational activities.
How we engage
In some aspects of our 
work, our partners are 
fully integrated with our 
team. Hurricane’s Executive 
Directors maintain a good 
relationship with their 
appropriate counterparts. 
How the Board engaged
Hurricane’s Executive 
Directors have strong 
business relationships with 
senior principals within our 
partners’ organisations, with 
regular in person or virtual 
meetings. 
Members of the Board also 
have opportunities to engage 
with strategic partners/
business partners as required.
Contractors  
and suppliers 
 
Why we engage
We value the role our trusted 
contractors and suppliers 
play in delivering products 
and services and supporting 
our teams. 
How we engage
We collaborate and 
continually work with 
our contractors and the 
full supply chain, sharing 
best practice and seeking 
out synergies to improve 
performance. During the 
year in review, over 95% of 
our payments to suppliers 
took place within 30 days of 
receipt, placing Hurricane 
among the quicker payers in 
our industry which promotes 
a healthy relationship with 
our suppliers.
How the Board engaged
Engagement with 
contractors and suppliers 
is carried out by members 
of the management team, 
with feedback provided to 
the Board. 
Regulators  
 
Why we engage
Engagement with our 
regulators preserves our 
licence to operate and allows 
us to influence the direction 
for future regulation. 
How we engage
Engagement takes place at 
multiple levels and includes 
a wide range of interactions 
including remote meetings 
and presentations.
How the Board engaged
Members of the Board are 
available to participate in 
meetings with Regulators, as 
appropriate.
Local  
communities 
Why we engage
Given the nature of oil and gas 
supply chains, communities 
affected by Hurricane’s 
operations are dispersed. 
Hurricane focusses on the 
communities geographically 
closest to its oil and gas 
operations, the Shetland 
Islands and Aberdeen, 
to reinforce supportive 
local services.
How we engage
In the past we have met with 
businesses and organisations 
across the Shetland 
community to discuss the 
growth of the region as a 
whole. In light of COVID-19, 
we have been unable to 
engage in the manner we 
are used to. 
How the Board engaged
The Company aims to have 
regular visits to Shetland to 
keep key representatives 
informed of the latest 
status of our operations. 
Unfortunately, due to 
COVID-19, these visits could 
not take place in 2021. 
We hope to resume an 
engagement programme 
once it is safe to do so. 
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
13
STRATEGIC REPORT

Section 172
Section 172
Section 172 Statement (Companies Act 2006)
Under Section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006, a director has a duty to promote the 
success of the company. The directors confirm 
that the deliberations of the Board, which 
underpin its decisions, incorporate appropriate 
consideration with due regard to the matters 
detailed in Section 172 of the Companies 
Act 2006. 
The Board and each director acknowledge that 
the success of Company’s strategy is dependent 
on the support and commitment of all of the 
Company’s stakeholders. The Board, when 
necessary, engages directly with stakeholders. 
However, during the period and in light of 
COVID-19, stakeholder engagement mainly took 
place at an operational level and the Board was 
therefore reliant on management to help it 
fully understand the impact of the Company’s 
operations on its stakeholders.
During the year in review, the Board considered 
information from across the Group’s businesses 
and received presentations from management, 
working groups and Board advisers. In addition 
to this, the Board reviewed papers and reports 
and took part in discussions which considered, 
where relevant, the impact of the Company’s 
activities on its key stakeholders. These 
activities, together with direct engagement 
by the Board and individual directors with 
some of the Company’s key stakeholders and 
shareholders, helped to inform the Board 
in its decision-making processes.
The Board recognises that balancing the needs 
and expectations of stakeholders is important, 
but it often has to make difficult decisions 
based on competing priorities where the 
outcome is not positive for all of the Company’s 
stakeholders. Decisions are not taken lightly, 
and the decision-making process has been 
structured to enable directors to evaluate the 
merit of proposed business activities and the 
likely consequences of its decisions over the 
short, medium and long term, with the aim 
of safeguarding the Company so that it can 
continue in existence, fulfilling its purpose and 
creating value for stakeholders.
During 2021, the Company engaged in dialogue 
with certain key stakeholders on certain key 
strategic matters, including how the Lancaster 
Reserves downgrade has significantly reduced 
potential future cash flows from the field, and 
consequently that the financial projections 
at the time (given the likely oil prices forecast 
during the first part of 2021) showed the 
Company would have had a significant 
shortfall in its ability to repay its $230 million 
of Convertible bond debt at maturity in July 
2022. The Company developed a business plan 
which was subsequently discussed with the Ad 
Hoc Committee. This process resulted in the 
Company announcing in April 2021 a proposed 
financial restructuring of its indebtedness, with 
the intention of providing a stable platform 
upon which it can continue to operate its 
business. The proposed financial restructuring 
was not sanctioned by the Court in June 2021. 
As part of our annual ESG Report materiality 
exercise, we have set out our key stakeholder 
groups, their material issues, and how the 
Company and the Board engage on them. 
Further information on some of the exercises 
is reported within our 2021 ESG Report. 
The Company maintains an active dialogue 
with its Regulators in carrying out its role as 
licence operator on its assets. Throughout 
the year in review and during the period up 
to the publication of the report key points 
of engagement were in relation to achieving 
approval of the Lancaster FDPA on producing 
below bubble point and on extending the 
GWA obligation well deadline. 
The relationship and engagement with 
Bluewater, the owner and operator of the 
Aoka Mizu FPSO, is significant in the context 
of maximising long-term value in the business. 
As befits such a strategic relationship, we 
have multiple points of contact, from our 
operational staff through to the executive 
and Board. During 2021, there were many 
positive interactions, particularly managing 
and minimising the impact of COVID-19 on 
offshore operations. There was also senior-
level engagement as part of our proposed 
financial restructuring. Throughout the year, 
our operational team conducted regular 
townhalls for Bluewater’s employees aboard 
the FPSO and within their onshore support 
team, to deliver updates on the Company’s 
progress, the impact of the Lancaster reserve 
downgrade and lower oil prices and the results 
of the process to restructure the Company’s 
balance sheet. In addition to the above, the 
management team also worked extensively 
with the Bluewater team to negotiate and 
agree a mutually beneficially extension 
to the FPSO charter which was ultimately 
signed in March 2022.
Our employees are also critical to our success. 
During the year, due to COVID-19, Sandy 
Shaw, who was the designated Non-Executive 
Director for workforce engagement matters 
in the first half of 2021, had to revise her 
formal engagement schedule to an informal 
engagement schedule. As part of this role, 
Sandy informally engaged with staff as 
part of a wider initiative to maintain regular 
communication between employees while 
they were working at home as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. On these calls, Sandy 
was able to understand and enquire into the 
welfare of employees, answer any questions 
and address any concerns they might have. The 
feedback received on this initiative has been 
very positive. Further information on how we 
engaged with our workforce during the year 
is reported below and on page 12. Currently 
engagement with our staff takes place primarily 
via the townhall communications held by the 
Executive team.
Hurricane Energy plc
14
STRATEGIC REPORT

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
15
STRATEGIC REPORT

Overview
2021 was a year of recovery and consolidation 
for Hurricane, benefitting from the continuous 
rise and recovery in the oil price, but also 
taking steer from the Court’s decision not to 
sanction the proposed financial restructuring 
and looking to actively manage the Company’s 
net debt position.
Over 3.5 million barrels of Lancaster crude were 
sold across seven cargoes, generating over $240 
million in revenue thanks to the strong oil prices 
seen in 2021 compared to 2020. This, combined 
with a continued focus on low operating costs 
and excellent production efficiency produced 
free cash flow† of $135.7 million. Cash capex† 
was $21.4 million, largely comprising previously 
committed to long-lead items for future tie-
back and gas export works, capitalised G&A 
relating to potential Lancaster enhancement 
projects, and decommissioning spend primarily 
on the Lincoln-14 well, which was completed 
significantly under budget.
In the second half of the year, Hurricane took 
steps to actively manage its net debt position, 
spending $132 million to repurchase and 
cancel just over two-thirds of the outstanding 
Convertible bonds, saving $29.5 million in future 
principal repayments and interest.
Although uncertainties still remain, with 
oil prices still supportive albeit volatile, and 
a significantly reduced net debt position, 
the financial outlook for Hurricane is now 
significantly improved as we look beyond 
repayment of the remaining bond debt and 
towards new opportunities to deliver value.
Proposed financial restructuring
Towards the end of 2020, following the 
downgrade of our reserves and the suspension 
of production guidance, the Company was 
forecasting a shortfall of over $100 million in 
relation to its ability to fully repay its bonds at 
maturity. Given the magnitude of this shortfall, 
Hurricane entered into meaningful discussions 
with the bondholders regarding the ability 
to fully repay the Convertible bond debt due 
in July 2022. This culminated in a proposed 
financial restructuring, which would have 
resulted in reduced and restructured bonds, 
dilution for existing shareholders, but greater 
certainty over Hurricane’s solvency, and a 
potential solution to drill an additional well 
on the Lancaster field. 
Throughout the process up to the Court 
sanction hearing, the Group’s projections were 
still showing a significant shortfall in being 
able to fully repay the Convertible bond. These 
projections were on the basis of management’s 
production forecasts combined with the best 
available oil price forecasts, using forward 
curves and analyst estimates. At the time, 
none of those forecasts and estimates showed 
a scenario whereby there would be a full 
repayment of the bond; it was not an option 
to ignore those projections and continue 
operating as usual in the hope that the best 
available research and estimates on oil price 
would turn out to be materially incorrect. 
As part of the restructuring process production 
forecasts were provided covering the period 
from June 2021 onwards. In the period from 
June 2021 to February 2022, cumulative actual 
production was only marginally (3%) above 
these forecasts. The positive change in the 
financial circumstances of the Company has 
been brought about mainly by the continued, 
significant and unexpected rise in oil prices, 
but also impacted by the cost cutting measures 
implemented by the Company and the savings 
from the bond buybacks. 
Revenue
Revenue recognised for the year was $240.5 
million (2020: $180.1 million), with an average 
realised price of $67.3/bbl ($35.2/bbl) across 7 
cargoes comprising nearly 3.6 million barrels 
(2020: 12 cargoes comprising 5.1 million 
barrels). Whilst the average Dated Brent price 
for the year was $70.9/bbl, under the sales and 
marketing agreement Hurricane has in place 
with BP, the sale of Lancaster crude is priced by 
reference to the average of either the Dated 
Brent price of first or last five days in the month 
of lifting (at the buyer’s option, declared by the 
20th of the month). This arrangement means 
that the reference Dated Brent price for a cargo 
is typically lower than the spot price at the time 
of lifting. The lower number of cargoes reflects 
not only the declining rate of production, 
but also, where possible, maximising cargo 
sizes in 2021 to minimise transportation costs 
per barrel.
Chief Financial Officer’s Review
A year of recovery 
and consolidation
Richard Chaffe
Chief Financial Officer
Hurricane Energy plc
16
STRATEGIC REPORT

The average netback to the contractual Brent 
price was $2.7/bbl (2020: $2.9/bbl), representing 
the discount or premium offered by the refinery 
purchasing the crude, BP’s marketing fee, and 
the freight and port costs incurred by the buyer 
in transporting Lancaster crude to its ultimate 
destination. The excellent FPSO uptime means 
that Hurricane has continued to sell all cargoes 
on time, within specification and contractual 
terms, maintaining our reputation as a reliable 
producer. This strong reputation helped in 
Lancaster crude being sold and delivered to two 
new refineries during 2021. A growing pool of 
buyers should result in more competitive bids 
for Lancaster crude and in turn higher overall 
realised prices received going forward.
The sales arrangement with BP means that 
Hurricane receives cash for a sale typically 
within five days of the lifting occurring. With 
production continuing to naturally decline, the 
period between liftings will increase. As such, 
Hurricane has agreed a facility with BP that will 
allow for cash to be advanced ahead of a lifting, 
drawing down against oil produced and held 
in the FPSO’s tanks but not yet lifted, to create 
more frequent cash receipts and assist with the 
Company’s working capital. This facility, which 
takes effect from end of July 2022, incurs a 
small financing fee that is only payable if the 
Company uses it.
Cost of sales
Total cost of sales was $173.1 million 
(2020: $179.8 million), including $97.6 million of 
DD&A (2020: $96.6 million). Cash production 
costs† were $105.8 million (2020: $90.6 million), 
equivalent to $28.2 per barrel (2020: $17.9/bbl).
Excluding the revenue-linked incentive tariff, 
cash production costs per barrel increased 
from $14.6/bbl in 2020 to $22.8/bbl in 2021. This 
increase per barrel was driven by lower average 
production rates in 2021 and the contractual 
increase to the FPSO dayrate from $25,000/
day to $75,000/day effective from June 2021. 
Excluding the incentive tariff, cash production 
costs per barrel for H2 2021 (a period wholly 
including the increased dayrate) were $26.8/
bbl. With a cost base that is largely fixed, natural 
decline in production and inflationary cost 
pressures, we expect cash production costs 
per barrel to increase during 2022; although 
we continue to look for cost savings internally 
and with our key contractors where possible.
Impairment of intangible assets/
GWA licences
During the year, the GWA JV was in engagement 
with the Regulator on the technical re-
evaluation and interpretation of the GWA 
licence potential, and requested a regulatory 
amendment of the obligation to drill a well on 
the Lincoln licence, which must be commenced 
on or before 30 June 2022, to a later 
commencement date. The Regulator indicated 
that it was not content to support a deferral 
of the obligation well. Following discussions 
within the JV, the partners elected to continue 
its plans to suspend further funding towards 
well planning and drilling of the obligation well 
on Lincoln in 2022; however, funds continued 
to be made available in 2022 to further evaluate 
the area’s prospectivity. Whilst meaningful 
discussions were held during the year between 
Hurricane and potential third parties to enter 
into the licence, these did not result in any 
formalised interest.
Having noted the announcements on 8 
December 2020 by Spirit Energy and its 
largest shareholder, Centrica plc, regarding 
the strategic focus of its remaining UK assets 
and the limitation of any further investment in 
exploration and appraisal, and also taking into 
account Hurricane’s financial circumstances and 
the related challenges of securing additional 
funding for the Lincoln obligation well, it was 
concluded that there was a reasonable prospect 
that the JV would be unable to either spud 
the obligation well by the required deadline or 
to obtain a deferral of the obligation well. In 
addition, Hurricane determined that further 
appraisal and development costs to reach 
an economic development on Lincoln within 
acceptable risk and licence timing is not feasible 
for the Company on a standalone basis. As 
such, in April 2022, the JV voted to voluntarily 
surrender the P1368(S) licence sub area. In 
anticipation of this, the carrying value of the 
Lincoln assets has been fully impaired, resulting 
in an impairment charge of $54.3 million. 
FPSO lease
On 4 June 2021, Hurricane announced that it 
resolved not to exercise its option to extend 
the bareboat charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO 
for a period of three years from June 2022 to 
June 2025. For the purposes of accounting for 
the lease under IFRS 16, the lease term was 
re-assessed to end in June 2022 (previously 
June 2025). This has resulted in a write-back of 
the lease liability and corresponding lease asset. 
As the latter had previously been impaired to 
materially less than the liability, the balance 
was been credited to the Income Statement, 
resulting in a non-cash gain of $49.1 million.
In March 2022, Hurricane announced it had 
concluded an agreement with Bluewater to 
extend the charter indefinitely beyond June 
2022, with either party being able to give six 
months’ notice to terminate the arrangement. 
The existing day rate and tariff for the vessel 
remains at $75,000 per day and 8% of revenue 
respectively, and a secured deposit account 
of up to $18.7 million for the benefit of 
Bluewater has been established to cover the costs 
associated with the day rate for the six-month 
notice period and decommissioning in respect 
of the vessel.
The revised agreement therefore gives 
Hurricane the opportunity and flexibility 
to cover production from the Lancaster 
field for its remaining economic life, which 
is forecast to be at least 18 months from 
June 2022.
Highlights
2021
2020
Production
3,748 Mbbl
5,078 Mbbl
Production rate1
10,300 bopd
13,900 bopd
Sales volumes 
3,576 Mbbl
5,112 Mbbl
Revenue
$240.5m
$180.1m
Average sales price realised
$67.3/bbl
$35.2/bbl
Cash production cost per barrel†
$28.2/bbl
$17.9/bbl
Free cash flow†
$135.7m
$74.2m
Free cash flow per barrel
$36.2/bbl
$14.6/bbl
Net free cash†
$51.5m
$111.4m
Net debt†
$27.0m
$118.6m
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax†
$10.8m
$(36.0)m
Statutory profit/(loss) after tax
$18.2m
$(625.3)m
1.	 Rounded to nearest 100 bopd. 
†	 Non-IFRS measures. See Appendix B to the Financial Statements for definition and reconciliation 
to nearest equivalent statutory IFRS measures.
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
17
STRATEGIC REPORT

Convertible bond and debt management
In order to take advantage of the Group’s strong cash position and the market price of the Convertible bonds, in September 2021 Hurricane successfully 
completed a tender programme for the repurchase of some of its bonds, repurchasing $78.0 million of outstanding Convertible bonds for cancellation 
at a discount of 78% to face value. During December 2021, a series of additional bond repurchase transactions were made, repurchasing an additional 
$73.5 million of bonds at an average discount of 95% to face value. The total amount of bonds repurchased and cancelled was $151.5 million, for a total 
cash consideration of $132.0 million (including accrued interest). These buybacks generated a combined net saving of $29.5 million of future principal 
repayment and interest charges, significantly improving the net debt position and giving the Group clearer line of sight to full bond repayment. At 
31 December 2021, $78.5 million of bonds remained outstanding.
Net debt evolution:
The repurchase of the bonds at a discount gave rise to a gain of $17.2 million (net of transaction costs). The remeasurement of the embedded derivative 
component of the Convertible bond gave rise to a fair value loss of $1.9 million.
Other profit and loss
Net general and administrative costs (“G&A”) before non-cash items increased from $2.9 million in 2020 to $23.6 million in 2021. This increase was 
primarily due to the significant expenditures incurred on the proposed financial restructuring (see above), and a higher level of G&A costs capitalised or 
recharged into projects or cost of sales in 2020 as compared to 2021 (see note 3.3 to the Financial Statements). Towards the end of the year, the Group 
moved to identify cost savings through a right-sizing of headcount (via recruitment freezes and targeted redundancies), partially offset by the cost 
of retention arrangements put in place for remaining key employees. As at April 2022, excluding Non-Executive Directors, the Group’s headcount had 
reduced to 27 employees, compared to an average of 51 throughout 2021.
Cash flow
Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued
Hurricane Energy plc
18
STRATEGIC REPORT
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
(160)
(140)
(120)
(100)
(80)
(60)
(40)
(20)
0
20
Net free cash ($m)
Net debt ($m)
Net debt
Net free cash
Dec-20
Jan-21
Feb-21
Mar-21
Apr-21
May-21
Jun-21
Jul-21
Aug-21
Sep-21
Oct-21
Nov-21
Dec-21
Net free cash† bridge
1.	 Includes transaction costs
† 	 Non-IFRS measure. See Appendix B to the Financial Statements for definition and reconciliation to nearest equivalent statutory IFRS measure(s).
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Net free cash ($m)
31/12/2020
111
Free cash flow†
136
Bond buyback1
(132)
31/12/2021
52
Cash capex†
(21)
Bond interest
(17)
Restructuring costs
(16)
Working capital
(15)
Net movements from 
restricted cash
6

The Group ended the year with $51.5 million 
of net free cash†, a decrease of $59.9 million 
from the position of $111.4 million at 
31 December 2020.
Free cash flow for the year was $135.7 million 
(2020: $74.2 million), equivalent to $36.2/bbl 
(2020: $14.6/bbl), driven by higher average 
realised Brent prices offset by the step-up in 
dayrate payable for the Aoka Mizu charter 
which became effective from June 2021.
Cash capex in the period was $21.4 million, 
$4.8 million of which was Hurricane’s share 
of decommissioning costs paid in the year. The 
balance of capex on GLA reflected previously 
committed to long-lead items for potential 
additional wells and gas export activity, licences, 
studies and capitalised timewriting costs scoping 
production enhancement and development 
opportunities for the Lancaster field. Cash 
capex on GWA comprised Hurricane’s share 
of previously committed to long-lead items 
for a potential Lincoln tie-back, licences and 
the storage and preservation of JV well spares 
inventory and tie-back equipment. Given the 
uncertainty over the timings of future drilling 
campaigns and well tie-backs, the JV is exploring 
opportunities and options to realise value from 
the inventory currently held in storage.
Restricted funds
As of 31 December 2021, the Group held $45.7 
million of cash and liquid investments within 
restricted funds, relating to decommissioning 
security arrangements and amounts set aside 
to cover potential early termination fees on the 
FPSO lease.
Under the FPSO charter the Group was required 
to hold in reserve and escrow accounts the 
termination costs of the FPSO lease should the 
Group wish to terminate the charter early. This 
balance would have had to increase significantly 
to $56 million if the Group exercised the 
charter’s extension option to June 2025. Given 
the Group’s financial position and forecasts at 
the time, combined with the uncertainty over 
the life of the Lancaster field, it was therefore 
not appropriate to extend the charter for three 
years on these terms. As the option was not 
exercised, the amounts held as restricted funds 
were able to be released straight line to free 
cash from between June 2021 and June 2022. 
The balance classified as restricted cash under 
this arrangement as at 31 December 2021 was 
$7.9 million (31 December 2020: $26.5 million). 
As part of the agreement to extend the FPSO 
charter, this amount is anticipated to increase 
to $18.7 million during 2022 and is expected to 
remain at that level until either party gives six 
months’ notice to terminate the charter.
At the start of the year, the Group held 
£16.8 million ($22.8 million) in trust as security 
for its decommissioning liability on the 
Lancaster field, which includes the cost of 
abandoning the production wells, subsea 
infrastructure and related FPSO costs. This 
security was posted on a post-tax basis. In 
April 2021, the Regulator formally notified the 
Group of its intention to request an increase 
to the amount of decommissioning security 
for the Lancaster field, so that it is lodged 
on a pre-tax basis. Following this request, we 
agreed with the Regulator to place an additional 
£11.2 million ($15.5 million) of funds into trust. 
At 31 December 2021, a total of $37.8 million 
was held in trust as decommissioning security 
for the Lancaster EPS. Subsequent to the 
balance sheet date, an additional $7.7 million 
was placed into Trust following a request from 
the Regulator as a result of increases to our 
decommissioning estimates.
Following the abandonment of the Lancaster 
205/21a-4z well during the year, $2.2 million of 
additional decommissioning security related 
specifically to this activity was released to 
free cash.
Decommissioning
The Group holds accounting provisions totalling 
$49.3 million for the anticipated cost of plugging 
and abandoning the Lancaster P6 and P7z wells, 
removing the associated subsea infrastructure 
and related FPSO costs to the Lancaster EPS 
and FPSO, for which decommissioning security 
of $37.8 million is held in trust (subsequently 
increased by an additional $7.7 million in 
February 2022). Changes in estimates during 
the year resulted in a non-cash charge of $2.0 
million, being those changes in estimate related 
to the FPSO and fully impaired assets.
During the year, the abandonment of the 
Lincoln 205/26b-14 well was completed, as 
required under our licence obligation, at a gross 
cost of $8.6 million. This was significantly below 
the previously provided for cost of $13 million, 
thanks to the hard work of the contracting 
and operations team, rig contractor, and the 
joint venture partner support. During the year 
the suspended Lancaster 205/21a-4z well 
was also plugged and abandoned at a cost of 
$1.3 million.
Tax
The Group recognised a total tax charge for 
2021 of $0.03 million, all of which related to 
deferred tax and was non-cash.
During 2021, Hurricane made claims for R&D 
tax credits in respect of financial years 2019 
and 2020, including via the surrender of some 
brought forward tax losses, being R&D spend 
related to increasing reservoir understanding 
of fractured basement and optimising 
productivity and reserves recovery. Subsequent 
to the balance sheet date, $4.3 million was 
received in respect of these claims and will 
be recognised in 2022.
Tax losses
Due to the nature of the Group’s business, it 
has accumulated significant tax losses since 
incorporation. The Group has $381.9 million of 
ring-fenced trading losses and other allowances 
and supplementary charge losses and 
investment allowances of $693.0 million, which 
have no expiry date and would be available 
for offset against future trading profits, and 
$328.4 million of capital allowances available 
against future ring-fenced trading profits. The 
estimated value of these losses and allowances 
at prevailing tax rates, including the Group’s pre-
trading expenditure, future decommissioning 
costs and non-ring fence losses, is $409.7 
million. This is the maximum possible theoretical 
value and is subject to timing and circumstance; 
and it is unlikely that all of the potential value 
would be able to be realised. See note 6.3 in the 
Financial Statements for further information.
Access to these losses and allowances is likely 
to be severely restricted at the point at which 
trading activities end (which would include 
a permanent cessation of production from 
the Lancaster EPS). Furthermore, in the event 
of any corporate transaction, access to the 
brought forward losses may be restricted if 
trade was deemed negligible at the point of a 
change in control or there was deemed to be a 
major change in the nature or conduct of the 
entity’s trading activities. Other tax losses can 
only be utilised over a longer period of time, 
and pre-trading expenditure losses will expire 
should trade not commence in those entities 
with pre-trading losses within a certain period 
of time of those losses originally being incurred. 
At prevailing oil prices, the Group will continue 
to utilise its existing ring fence losses as the 
Lancaster EPS generates taxable profits.
Going concern
The directors have considered both the going 
concern and longer-term prospects of the 
Group, including the risks arising from COVID-19; 
and have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will continue in operational existence 
throughout the going concern period. For 
further details and analysis, see the Going 
Concern section of the Strategic Report. 
Richard Chaffe
Chief Financial Officer
27 April 2022
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
19
STRATEGIC REPORT

Going concern and the Group’s 
longer-term prospects
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are 
set out in this Strategic Report. The Group 
ended the year with $114.6 million of cash 
and cash equivalents and liquid investments, 
of which $68.9 million was unrestricted. After 
adjusting for working capital items, net free 
cash† at 31 December 2021 was $51.5 million. 
The Group’s most significant long-term liabilities 
are the remaining $78.5 million of Convertible 
bonds in issue due in July 2022 (with a coupon 
of 7.5% payable quarterly in arrears) and 
committed lease liabilities in respect of the 
Aoka Mizu FPSO. 
Further details of the financial position of the 
Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are 
described in the Chief Financial Officer’s Review; 
with the Group’s off- and on-balance sheet 
commitments set out in notes 2.7 and 5.3 of 
the Group Financial Statements. In addition, 
note 5.8 to the Group Financial Statements 
includes the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for managing its capital; and note 4.4 
includes the Group’s objectives concerning its 
financial risk management objectives; details of 
its financial instruments; and its exposures to 
credit, market and liquidity risk.
The Group monitors its capital position and 
its liquidity risk regularly throughout the year, 
with cash flow models and forecasts regularly 
produced and refreshed based on production 
profiles, latest estimates of oil prices, operating 
and G&A budgets, working capital assumptions, 
movements to and from restricted funds, and 
the Group’s debt repayments. Sensitivities are 
run to reflect different scenarios including 
changes in reservoir performance, movements 
in oil price and changes to the timing and/or 
quantum of capital expenditure projects.
Assessment of going concern 
Whilst each of the risks outlined in the Principal 
Risks section below has a potential impact 
on the business, the directors focussed on 
those that are the most critical to the Group’s 
prospects, which are considered to be: 
	5 production delivery risks (risk B);
	5 FPSO and third-party infrastructure 
(risk E); and
	5 oil price volatility (risk K).
The Group’s base case going concern 
assessment assumed the following:
	5 average Dated Brent oil price of $102/bbl 
and $89/bbl in 2022 and 2023 respectively;
	5 no sanctioned capital or 
development projects;
	5 continued use of the Aoka Mizu FPSO 
throughout the assessment period; and
	5 production from the P6 well alone in line 
with approved guidance and the production 
profiles supported by the most recent CPR.
Under the base case scenario, the Group had 
sufficient liquidity to fully repay the remaining 
Convertible bonds at their maturity in July 2022 
with sufficient headroom thereafter for a period 
of at least 12 months from the date of this report 
to fund ongoing working capital requirements.
Sensitivity analyses were also undertaken to 
reflect the following:
	5 a reduction to the forecast oil price curve 
of $20/bbl; and
	5 a 25% reduction to forecast 
production rates.
Under the sensitivity cases above, both 
individually and in aggregate, the Group is 
projected to have sufficient cash to fully 
repay the Convertible bonds and to continue 
operating for a period of at least 12 months.
Reverse stress tests were also prepared to 
reflect additional adverse reductions in oil price 
and production to determine at what price or 
rate each would need to reduce to such that the 
Group would not have sufficient cash to repay 
its Convertible bonds in July 2022. These stress 
tests indicated that a reduction to the forecast 
oil price curve by $65/bbl, or a reduction to 
projected production rates by 60%, would result 
in the Group having insufficient cash to repay 
the Convertible bond in full in July 2022. In the 
opinion of management, the likelihood of such 
a fall in price and/or production rate that would 
give rise to an inability to fully repay the bonds 
is unlikely to occur.
Conclusion
As a result of the going concern assessment 
presented above, the directors have a 
reasonable expectation that, after also taking 
into consideration the current macroeconomic 
situation and uncertainty arising from the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence 
throughout the going concern period. 
Therefore, the directors continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing 
these Consolidated Financial Statements and 
the Financial Statements do not include the 
adjustments that would result if the Group 
were unable to continue as a going concern.
Going Concern
Hurricane Energy plc
20
STRATEGIC REPORT

Assessment of the Group’s 
longer-term prospects
The longer-term prospects of the Group are 
driven by its strategy and business model, as 
outlined on pages 10 and 11, whilst factoring 
in the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties 
(pages 22 to 30).
Assessment of the business is performed over 
a number of different time periods for differing 
reasons, which include an annual budget cycle 
(with reforecasts made as appropriate during 
the year) and a long-term corporate model 
which incorporates the latest annual budget 
and provides forecast cash flow detail, where 
appropriate, on a field-by-field basis along 
with cash flows incurred and generated at 
a corporate level. These forecasts take into 
account the level of unrestricted cash and 
cash equivalents at the latest practicable date 
of preparation of this review, together with 
the forecast cash flow generation from the 
Lancaster EPS (based on expected production 
rates and oil prices as outlined above).
Extending the base case assessment (using 
average Dated Brent oil prices of $82/bbl 
in 2024 and $78/bbl in 2025), and on the 
key assumption that neither the Group nor 
Bluewater exercises their respective termination 
options over the bareboat charter of the 
Aoka Mizu FPSO earlier, the Group is projected 
to continue generating positive cash flows 
from operations until approximately the third 
quarter of 2024. The Group intends to use this 
cash generated to seek attractive investment 
opportunities, focused on the UKCS, to grow 
the underlying value of the Company and build 
a broader base to develop in the future.
As the Group is now able to exit the FPSO 
charter giving six months’ notice incurring 
no termination penalties, it has additional 
flexibility should oil price and/or production 
rate give rise to a significantly shorter than 
expected remaining economic life of the 
Lancaster EPS, or factors mean the EPS was 
operating significantly below break-even level. 
Furthermore, the Group has placed significant 
funds in Trust as security to cover estimated 
decommissioning liabilities for the EPS and 
FPSO. As such, should operations at the EPS 
cease earlier than anticipated, the Group is still 
projected to have material cash balances with 
which to consider further investment and/or 
return to shareholders. 
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
21
STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
How we manage risk
The future outlook for the Group and therefore opportunities for growth in 
shareholder value should be understood in the context of the associated risks.
All companies carry certain risks and Hurricane 
is no exception. There are a wide variety of risks 
associated with upstream oil and gas activities 
which may impact Hurricane’s business. 
Depending on the nature of the risk, Hurricane 
may elect to take or tolerate risk, treat risk with 
controls and mitigating actions, transfer the 
risk to third parties or terminate risk by ceasing 
particular activities or operations. The principal 
risks, and associated risk management activities, 
are prepared using a bottom-up process 
starting with the risk and opportunity registers 
for individual assets and business units which 
are regularly reviewed and updated. These risk 
registers include changes to the impact and 
likelihood of each risk, the mitigating actions 
for each, a look back at how risks impacted the 
business, and any emerging risks that are arising 
as a result of external or internal changes, which 
are promoted to Principal Risks if necessary. 
These individual risk registers are consolidated 
into the Principal Corporate Risk register, and 
reviewed by senior management, the Executive 
Directors, Audit and Risk Committee, and 
the Board. Listed in the following table are 
the principal risks facing the Group and the 
actions taken to minimise their likelihood and/
or mitigate their impact. The directors confirm 
that they have carried out a robust assessment 
of the principal risks facing the Group, including 
those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity.
Key changes to risks in the year
The principal risk ‘Completion of proposed 
financial restructuring’ previously disclosed 
is no longer directly relevant, following the 
proposed financial restructuring not being 
sanctioned by the Court.
New and amended Principal Risks
	5 A new principal risk ‘Repayment of 
Convertible bond’ was introduced within the 
Group’s interim report published in October 
2021. Following the bond repurchases in the 
second half of 2021 for cancellation and the 
improved oil price outlook, the Group is now 
confident it can fully repay the Convertible 
bond, and as such that principal risk has not 
been included below. 
	5 Some other risks have been slightly 
amended and consolidated where they 
reflect common impacts, owners and 
mitigations.
Emerging risks
Emerging risks are identified as part of the risk 
assessment process, being risks whose impacts 
are not fully known and/or cannot be fully 
assessed due to their nature. The following 
has been identified as an emerging risk for 
the Group:
Tax regime change risk
	5 There are increased calls for one-off or 
‘windfall’ taxes on the profits of oil and 
gas entities in the UK, following significant 
increases in commodity prices during 2021. 
Although the Group has material brought 
forward tax losses, a windfall tax may be 
constructed in such a way to preclude 
the utilisation of previous tax losses 
and/or allowances.
Hurricane Energy plc
22
STRATEGIC REPORT

Link to 
going concern  
assessment
Link to Strategy and Business Model 
Risk
Harvest
Develop
Acquire
A
Substantial capital and funding requirements to continue longer-term operations
B
Production delivery risks
C
Exploration, appraisal and development delivery risks
D
Geological and reservoir risk
E
FPSO and other third-party infrastructure availability
F
HSSE and Compliance requirements
G
COVID-19
H
Litigation
I
Joint venture activity
J
Retention of personnel and expertise
K
Oil price volatility
L
Climate change and energy transition
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
23
STRATEGIC REPORT

A Substantial capital and funding requirements to continue longer-term operations
In order to convert Contingent Resources into Reserves, significant capital expenditure is required. 
Uncertainty over oil fundamentals, COVID-19 and other macroeconomic factors may constrain 
ability to raise finance externally. Reliance on production from the P6 well alone may not provide 
sufficient cash flow to fund development projects organically.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Impairment of oil and gas assets (Lancaster)
	5 Impairment of intangible E&E assets 
	5 Inability to replace reserves 
and replenish portfolio
	5 Loss of value to stakeholders
	5 Progression of options and seek sanction on 
development plans where they would further 
its strategy
	5 Cost and scope of development plans are 
continuously reviewed in order to achieve 
maximum return
	5 Active engagement with providers of finance 
including current and potential shareholders, 
brokers, banks and other financial institutions
	5 Maintaining large equity interests in its 
licences, whereby future farm-outs could be 
pursued as a source of financing
This risk remained at the same level in 2021.
	5 The non-sanction of the proposed financial 
restructuring means that the Company does 
not have to seek bondholder approval for 
investment cases
	5 Higher oil price environment has allowed 
stronger operating cash generation 
and active debt management via bond 
repurchases
	5 However, this is offset by no development 
activity sanctioned in 2021. With P6 
production continuing to decline naturally 
and an uncertain time remaining on the FPSO 
charter there is a more limited window to drill 
and tie-in additional wells to the Aoka Mizu 
prior to P6 becoming uneconomic
Key
Risk has 
decreased
No 
change
Risk has 
increased
New risk
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
Hurricane Energy plc
24
STRATEGIC REPORT

B Production delivery risks
Unplanned downtime of production facilities (as a result of ESP failure, other mechanical issues, 
unfavourable weather, availability of personnel, and/or other issues) would result in oil production 
being lower than anticipated. Reliance on the P6 well alone for production introduces multiple 
single point failure risks. As part of its most recent FPDA, the Group is required to obtain regulatory 
consent on a rolling three-month basis to continue producing below bubble point, subject to 
ongoing reviews of gas liberated from within the reservoir. 
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Reduced cash flow from operations, 
which may have impact on ability to repay 
Convertible bond in full
	5 Increased cash opex costs per barrel
	
5 Permanent cessation of production 
if intervention costs prove uneconomic
	5 Loss of value to stakeholders
	5 Cessation or choke-back of production 
if regulatory consents are not renewed 
or adhered to 
	5 Significant time and resources invested 
in planning its operations and focusses 
on minimising the various operational risks 
to which it is exposed
	5 Range of third-party service providers and 
experts used to co-ordinate, plan and deliver 
production operations
	5 Contractors are selected based on their 
demonstrable industry track record and 
care is taken in nominating an approved 
installation and pipeline operator to manage 
the host facilities
	5 Business interruption insurance in place to 
mitigate the impact of certain potential 
production shutdowns, which would typically 
only include accidental physical loss or 
damage, or loss of well control
	5 Contingency built into operational budgets 
to allow for unexpected delays, the impact 
of weather, operating cost overruns and 
unforeseen circumstances
	5 Consent to produce below bubble point 
subject to quarterly review of operating 
procedures, and detailed reservoir monitoring 
and management plan put in place
The risk has increased in 2021.
	5 Bubble point was reached in December 2021, 
and there remains significant uncertainty 
as to how the well will perform beyond this, 
along with the risk that gas liberated from 
the reservoir could be produced which could 
result in production either being reduced or 
ceased altogether
	5 Requirement to obtain rolling quarterly 
consent to produce below bubble point and 
monitoring of liberated gas is an increased 
regulatory requirement on the Group
	5 The longer P6 continues to run, the 
higher the likelihood of ESP or other key 
component failure 
Key
Risk has 
decreased
No 
change
Risk has 
increased
New risk
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
25
STRATEGIC REPORT

C Exploration, appraisal and development project delivery risks
Exploration, appraisal and development programmes may deliver adverse results due to factors 
including poor quality (or misinterpretation of) data, failure of offshore vessels/rigs or other crucial 
equipment, unforeseen problems occurring during drilling or completion works, and delays to 
offshore operations due to unfavourable weather.
Once sanctioned, development projects are subject to various risks including availability of third-
party services and manufacturing slots, solvency of major contractors, correct fabrication of key 
components to specification, incident-free installation operations, installation windows, permits, 
consents and weather. Problems with any of the above can cause project delays that would impact 
both the timing for completion of the project, as well as the cost.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Overruns on cost and schedule of projects 
	5 Delay or reduction to oil production and 
associated anticipated cash flows 
	5 Impairment of oil and gas assets
	5 Impairment of intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets
	5 Adverse impact to current oil production 
(should development projects be 
incremental to the existing Lancaster EPS 
production infrastructure)
	5 Significant time and resources invested 
in planning exploration, appraisal and 
development operations, focussing on 
minimising the various operational risks
	5 Range of third-party experts engaged 
(including independent sub-surface 
assurance experts) to co-ordinate, plan 
and deliver exploration, appraisal and 
development projects
	5 Contractors selected based on their 
demonstrable industry track record and care 
taken in nominating an approved well operator 
to manage well operations
	5 Contingency built into all project plans to allow 
for unexpected delays, the impact of weather, 
cost overruns and unforeseen circumstances
This risk remained at the same level in 2021.
	5 No exploration, appraisal or 
development programmes undertaken 
or sanctioned in 2021
	5 However, underlying risks factors have 
not significantly changed
D Geological and reservoir risk
The geology of the Group’s licence areas is highly complex, with the interaction between 
different reservoirs still being understood, and is generally less well appraised and therefore 
inherently higher risk than other UKCS. The predicted behaviour of the reservoirs relies on various 
assumptions, simulations and interpretation techniques, as refined by production data gathered 
over time, but the risk remains that reservoirs do not perform as forecasted and modelled.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Downgrade of Reserves and 
Contingent Resources
	5 Adverse market reaction 
	5 Impairment of oil and gas assets
	5 Impairment of intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets
	5 Appraisal programmes designed to de-risk the 
assets in the most cost-effective manner while 
gaining the maximum possible understanding 
of the geology and reservoir 
	5 Undertaking of various studies (internally and 
using third-party experts) 
	5 Significant amounts of real-world data (from 
drilling, well testing and production) gathered to 
reduce uncertainty 
	5 Close monitoring of data, with modifications 
made to the production strategy (e.g., planned 
individual well shut-ins, varying flow rates) to 
optimise production 
	5 As production data is gathered, reservoir 
models refined and updated to reflect and 
incorporate the actual reservoir characteristics, 
allowing predictive cases to be built which aim 
to reduce uncertainty and mitigate the risks in 
future well planning and/or production strategy
This risk remained at the same level in 2021.
	5 Risks around reserves downgrade were 
realised in 2021 following the CPR 
estimate published
	5 Results of the Group’s internal technical 
reviews were supported by the CPR
	5 Revised interpretations of Lancaster 
(including onlapping sandstones, new OWC 
estimate) will aid understanding of reservoir 
and give greater confidence in future 
production forecasts
	5 Data continues to be gathered from 
production and incorporated into refined 
reservoir models 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
Hurricane Energy plc
26
STRATEGIC REPORT

E FPSO and other third-party infrastructure availability
Continued production from Lancaster is dependent on the Aoka Mizu FSPO being available to the 
Group. The extension terms agreed include break clauses on both sides, meaning the ability to 
continue production from the Lancaster EPS may not be wholly within the Group’s control.
Operations, and the ability to undertake future development programmes, is dependent on 
availability of rigs, equipment, and offshore services, leased or contracted from third-party 
providers and suppliers. 
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Permanent cessation of production if the 
Group no longer has access to the FPSO
	5 Loss of value to stakeholders from reduced 
cash flows
	5 Acceleration of decommissioning activities
	5 Impairment of oil and gas assets
	5 Exploring development opportunities 
that include the Aoka Mizu to incentivise 
Bluewater not to explore better 
options elsewhere
	5 Minimising use of third-party infrastructure, 
where appropriate, or aim to ensure that 
commercial agreements are appropriate to 
align interests or protect the Group’s position
	5 Use of third-party infrastructure is assessed 
for development opportunities
	5 Consideration is given to the extent, nature 
and commercial arrangements of potential 
use of third-party infrastructure
This risk has increased in 2021.
	5 The Group elected not to exercise the 
extension option in the Aoka Mizu charter 
in June 2021
	5 Extension to the charter has subsequently 
been agreed, but the agreement includes 
break clauses both at Bluewater’s and 
Group’s option
F HSSE and compliance requirements
The Group is exposed to specific risks in relation to HSSE and compliance matters. These risk areas 
include, but are not limited to, loss of containment of hydrocarbons, accidents on the FPSO, and 
anti-corruption and bribery legislation.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Reputational damage
	5 Injuries to workforce
	5 Harm to the environment
	5 Physical damage to assets
	5 Financial or other penalties imposed
	5 Top-down leadership of the Group’s values
	5 Group-wide corporate compliance training, 
including implementation of the Group’s 
anti-bribery and corruption procedures (for 
employees and those under contracting 
arrangements)
	5 Regular monitoring of its primary contractors’ 
obligations in connection with Group 
activities, including undertaking compliance 
audits, and ensuring there are sufficient 
resources and competent personnel in place 
to satisfy such obligations
This risk has remained at the same level in 2021.
	5 The Group’s Lost Time Incident 
Frequency Rate was 1.71 in 2021 
compared to 1.29 in 2020
Key
Risk has 
decreased
No 
change
Risk has 
increased
New risk
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
27
STRATEGIC REPORT

G COVID-19
The pandemic continues to pose risk of unprecedented effects to operations, supply chains, 
personnel and the wider economy.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Disruption or shut-down of production 
operations as a result of personnel 
incapacity or limited access to 
aviation services
	5 Increased operating costs due to supply 
chain constraints
	5 Development delays and cost increases 
due personnel incapacity and supply 
chain constraints
	5 Increase cyber-security vulnerabilities due 
to greater remote working
	5 OEUK’s Industry Travel Policy for Offshore 
Installations is followed
	5 Work closely with offshore rig, FPSO and 
aviation contractors to put measures in place 
to prevent the spread of the virus, including 
confining, treating and evacuating affected 
employees and contractors where necessary
	5 Quarantine arrangements in place offshore 
and services are available to manage 
repatriation onshore
	5 Onshore employees have the necessary 
equipment, system access and additional IT 
security measures in place allowing them to 
work remotely
This risk level has decreased in 2021.
	5 Vaccination programmes have reduced the 
severity of impact to individuals
	5 Increased availability of testing
	5 Revised government and industry guidance 
have resulted in lower disruption and 
requirements to self-isolate
H Litigation
The Group is subject to an elevated risk of litigation and regulatory investigation in relation to 
historic announcements and the proposed financial restructuring which did not obtain Court 
sanction in 2021.
Change in risk level: 
	5 Finding of liability and requirement to 
pay redress or criminal or civil penalties, 
including substantial monetary fines
	5 Significant increase to D&O premia, or 
inability to obtain appropriate levels 
of coverage
	5 Damage to reputation
	5 Adversely affect ability to do business 
in the future
	5 Vicarious liability and resource distraction
	5 Procedures, resources and controls in place 
to enable it to comply with its regulatory 
obligations, in particular the Market Abuse 
Regulations and the AIM Rules
	5 Reasonable care, skill and diligence, exercised 
at all times
	5 Advice and guidance obtained from its 
Nominated Adviser in relation to ongoing 
disclosure obligations
	5 Appropriate levels of D&O insurance in place
This risk level has decreased in 2021.
	5 In May 2021 the FCA’s Market Oversight 
Department requested that the Group 
provide information in relation to historic 
announcements and developments 
in relation to the proposed financial 
restructuring. Following responses and 
correspondence, the FCA has confirmed 
that it will not take any further action
	5 The Non-Executive Directors have carried out 
an independent review and concluded that 
the Company does not need to take further 
action in relation to the conduct of the 
Company’s previous Board
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
Hurricane Energy plc
28
STRATEGIC REPORT

I GWA Joint Venture activity 
There is a risk that joint venture partners are not aligned in their objectives and drivers. Spirit’s 
largest shareholder, Centrica plc, has made announcements regarding the strategic focus of its 
remaining UK assets and the limitation of any further investment in exploration and appraisal. 
Following discussions with Spirit, the GWA JV has taken the decision to surrender the Lincoln 
P1368(S) licence sub area. This may impact future decisions over the remaining licence (P2294) 
held by the JV partners.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Impairment of intangible exploration 
and evaluation assets 
	5 Adverse relationship with Regulator 
if licence commitments not met
	5 Continuous and regular engagement 
with partners to ensure that all partners’ 
interests are aligned
	5 Numerous joint committees are in 
place (including finance, technical, 
development and commercial) to facilitate 
constructive dialogue
	5 Ongoing business development activities to 
realise value for its equity share of the GWA 
assets, including through third-party funding 
for the drilling of the Lincoln obligation well
	5 Hurricane Energy plc has issued a parent 
company guarantee in favour of Spirit 
Energy in respect of Hurricane GWA 
Limited’s obligations under the joint 
operating agreement
This risk level has increased in 2021. 
	5 The Group notes the announcements on 
8 December 2020 by Spirit Energy and its 
largest shareholder, Centrica plc, regarding 
the strategic focus of its remaining UK assets 
and the limitation of any further investment 
in exploration and appraisal
	5 The JV has now taken the decision to 
surrender the P1368(S) licence
J Retention of personnel and expertise 
The Group may not be able to retain key personnel and their knowledge and expertise, and there 
can be no assurance that the Group will be able to continue to attract and retain all personnel 
necessary for the operation and development of its business. There is a risk of increased staff 
turnover due to uncertainty over future strategy and existing employee performance share 
schemes have lapsed having not met targets. The lack of clarity on the Group’s prospects may lead 
it to being viewed as a less attractive employer, resulting in difficulties replacing key personnel.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Overruns on cost and schedule of projects 
	5 Increased G&A cost due to higher staff 
turnover and recruitment costs
	5 Due care taken in recruitment activities to 
ensure the organisation retains the requisite 
strategic planning skills
	5 Remuneration strategy is designed to attract 
and retain key employees 
	5 Retention arrangements for key management 
personnel and other staff
	5 Bonus scheme with targeted KPIs to 
incentivise employees
This risk has remained the same.
	5 A retention scheme for all employees was 
agreed by the Remuneration Committee 
in Q4 2021 
	5 However, a lack of certainty over the Group’s 
prospects, fallout from the proposed financial 
restructuring and the Group’s strategic 
direction may result in personnel and their 
expertise leaving the Group
Key
Risk has 
decreased
No 
change
Risk has 
increased
New risk
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
29
STRATEGIC REPORT

K Oil price volatility 
Oil prices are volatile and subject to fluctuation in response to relatively minor changes in the 
supply of, and demand for, oil, market uncertainty, COVID-19, and a variety of additional factors 
that are beyond the control of the Group. It is not possible to accurately predict the timing and 
direction of future oil price movements and there is a risk that oil prices may not remain at their 
current levels.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Adverse impact on operating cash flow
	5 Impairment of oil and gas assets
	5 Inability to repay Convertible bond debt
	5 Restricted access to financing opportunities 
in sustained low oil price environment
	5 Economic models are stress tested using 
varying oil price forecasts
	5 Investments made if development cases are 
robust to downside price sensitivity scenarios
	5 Surplus cash maintained to manage short-
term volatility and uncertainty
	5 Hedging arrangements may be entered 
into depending on production forecasts, 
economic outlook, cost of hedging and 
other capital requirements 
	5 Charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO provides 
some mitigation with respect to changes 
in oil price as a proportion of the lease cost 
is proportional to the quantity and price 
of crude oil sold
This risk level has remained the same in 2021
	5 Oil prices strengthened significantly during 
2021, but are still subject to significant 
volatility
	5 Concerns around new COVID-19 variants have 
potential to significantly impact oil price
	5 Increased volatility means cost of preferred 
hedging structures (put options) may become 
prohibitively expensive
	5 The pricing mechanism within the BP sales 
and marketing agreement means hedges 
can only have limited effectiveness
L Climate change and energy transition
Concerns relating to the potential impact of climate change are driving a societal transition 
towards a low-carbon future. Governments, including in the United Kingdom, are developing their 
fiscal policy and regulatory frameworks in response to these rising concerns, which could affect 
the ability of the Group to carry out planned work programmes, the economics of its assets and 
its cost and availability of capital. This includes, in particular, the NSTA’s Net Zero Stewardship 
Expectation strategy setting out how the oil and gas industry should progress towards zero routine 
flaring and venting for non-safety reasons and should reduce its greenhouse gas emissions in 
support of the delivery of the UK’s net zero target.
Change in risk level: 
Potential impact
Mitigation
Risk movement
	5 Adverse impact on operating cash flow 
due to higher carbon credit costs
	5 Increased difficulty in accessing finance 
due to reduced appetite for investing 
in oil and gas industry
	5 Increased difficulty in obtaining regulatory 
approval for new or increased offshore 
production activities
	5 Stranded assets
	5 Fluctuating demand for crude oil resulting 
in volatile commodity prices
	5 Increased risk of temporary disruption to 
operations due to increased frequency and 
intensity of severe weather events caused 
by climate change
	5 Restrictions on flaring may result in oil 
production being reduced 
	5 ESG Committee of the Board established 
to provide overarching governance and 
responsibility for its ESG programme
	5 This Committee considers the potential 
impact of climate change, and corresponding 
shifts in the policy and market setting in 
which the Group operates. In the future, 
the Board intends to adapt its approach 
to assessing climate-related financial 
risks, working towards full alignment with 
TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related 
Disclosures) recommendations through the 
implementation of appropriate governance 
and risk management processes
	5 Continue to investigate and implement 
actions that could reduce its environmental 
footprint, where it makes commercial and 
financial sense to do so
	5 The Group was also an active participant 
in the UK oil and gas industry’s response to 
the NSTA’s strategy review, which in 2021 
formally adopted a net zero emissions target 
for the UKCS.
This risk level has remained the same as 2021.
	5 The North Sea Transition Deal has given the 
industry a clearer path for its preparation 
to a Net Zero future
	5 However, the impact of recent regulatory 
decisions and the non-sanctioning of other 
projects in UKCS has created uncertainty in 
the sector
	5 The Group remains not in a position 
to fund or execute a gas export scheme 
(which would reduce impact of flaring)
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
Hurricane Energy plc
30
STRATEGIC REPORT

Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
the impact of our bond buyback strategy and 
some cost-cutting and regrettably employee 
redundancies, the possibility of bridging the 
funding gap for the repayment of bonds is now 
within reach. Uncertainties remain, but with 
oil prices still favourable and a significantly 
reduced net debt position, the financial outlook 
for Hurricane is now significantly improved. 
However, the challenge of funding investment 
in our assets remains in the rapidly emerging 
Net Zero environment. 
Scope and boundaries
When our standalone 2021 ESG Report is issued, 
it will report on those assets and activities over 
which we had control in terms of ESG policies 
and practices throughout 2021. This covers our 
offshore and logistics operations on the UKCS 
and our offices in Surrey and Aberdeen. 
Identifying our stakeholders
We identify our stakeholders as individuals, 
groups or bodies who might be significantly 
influenced or affected by Hurricane’s activities, 
or whose support or participation is required for 
us to operate, fulfil our strategy and meet our 
objectives. Our engagement with these major 
groups is outlined in our strategy and business 
model on page 12.
Our stakeholder groups include:
	5 Employees 
	5 Shareholders
	5 Bondholders
	5 Strategic or business partners
	5 Contractors and suppliers
	5 Regulators
	5 Local communities
Identifying our material topics 
It is important to understand the most 
important topics that impact and influence 
the business, to guide strategy and decision 
making. During the year, we undertook a 
desktop review of our relevant material topics 
and their relative importance for the Company 
and its stakeholders. In line with GRI guidance, 
this involved assessing where impacts occur (or 
are at risk of occurring) and what Hurricane’s 
involvement and influence are. These were 
then validated through an internal materiality 
workshop to determine the boundary for 
reporting purposes. 
Our approach to working responsibly
We recognise the importance of material topics, 
including health and safety, environmental 
stewardship, our employees, ethical conduct, 
stakeholder relations and leaving a positive 
legacy in the communities where we operate. 
Our daily operations prioritise health and safety 
and protecting the environment.
We believe in, where possible, working in 
partnership with all our stakeholders, relevant 
third parties and other companies and developing 
long-term relationships that will strengthen our 
business and help us achieve our objectives
Our values
Hurricane is driven by a set of clear values that 
guide our behaviour and approach at all times. 
These values are underpinned by a commitment 
to ethical behaviour and full compliance with all 
applicable laws.
How we engage with 
stakeholders on ESG matters 
Interactions with stakeholders allow us to 
incorporate their views into our planning. 
Where we pursue actions with a substantial 
potential impact, such as field development 
phases, an external consultation process creates 
a more formal feedback mechanism. Examples 
of consultations Hurricane undertakes with a 
variety of different stakeholder groups include:
	5 mandatory consultations for environmental 
permits and Environmental Statement 
Consultation processes, which include 
public consultation;
	5 investor meetings as a matter of course;
	5 workforce engagement meetings; and
	5 informal proactive consultations with 
governmental and non-governmental 
organisations.
We seek the input of external stakeholders 
for our materiality assessment every two years. 
Further information about our 2021 internal 
materiality assessment will be found in our 
standalone ESG Report when it is published 
later this year.
Working responsibly
Our approach to ESG considers the 
expectations of our key stakeholder groups 
as well as the material issues for the sector. 
In our standalone 2021 ESG Report, which will 
be published later in 2022, we will follow the 
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards 
(Core option). This guidance has been 
chosen as it is a broad and well-recognised 
framework to report against. We made this 
decision with reference to other standards and 
considering industry-specific guidance from the 
International Petroleum Industry Environmental 
Conservation Association (“IPIECA”) and the 
best practice reporting of peers.
Stakeholder engagement
In the early part of 2021 the Company 
conducted, with its advisers, a thorough 
review of the various alternatives to address 
its financial position regarding its $230 million 
of Convertible bond debt in July 2022. This 
included careful consideration of the likely 
consequences for the Company and all of 
its stakeholders, including shareholders, of 
those alternatives.
During this review Hurricane also consulted, 
when possible, with key stakeholders. On 
several occasions in late 2020 and early 2021 
prior to the announcement of the proposed 
financial restructuring, the Company disclosed 
the possible impact on shareholders of 
any potential transaction to address its 
debt profile, including the risk of dilution 
to existing shareholders from a possible 
restructuring and/or partial equitisation 
of the Convertible bond.
The Company faced challenges with the 
proposed financial restructuring plans to service 
bondholder debts, although in the end those 
plans were not sanctioned by the Court. The 
Company also had to cope with changes to the 
overall governance of the Company due to the 
changes in Board composition during the year.
In June 2021, after stakeholder engagement the 
incumbent Non-Executive Directors resigned 
from the Board, resulting in the appointment 
of new Non-Executive Directors and an Interim 
Chairman. The new Board of Directors had to 
embark on the difficult but necessary process 
of reducing our debt burden and setting up a 
viable financial platform for the Company, while 
in parallel delivering production as safely and 
efficiently as possible. 
Thanks to the dedication and hard work of 
our team, as well as recent stronger oil prices, 
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
31
STRATEGIC REPORT

Sustainability oversight and 
accountability at Hurricane
Hurricane’s directors take a close interest in 
the management of issues across the cycle, 
from impact assessments and feasibility studies 
through drilling and appraisal planning, to final 
stages of project development. Hurricane’s 
projects are operated in accordance with 
our Assurance Policy, which supports the 
Value Assurance Process to deliver results 
whilst remaining in compliance with the law, 
accepted industry practice and appropriate 
regulatory standards. 
The Board assesses and monitors sustainability-
related risks within its oversight of principal 
risks. Ethical conduct and anti-fraud practices 
are also monitored in this forum, in accordance 
with the Whistleblowing Policy and other 
business standards. The Group HSSEQ Manager 
is responsible for recommending policies on 
health and safety, and environmental issues to 
the Board.
Our key policies and codes
To assist us in working responsibly, and to 
ensure the effective governance of our 
business, we have six key policies:
	5 Corporate Major Accident Prevention Policy 
(“CMAPP”) 
	5 Health and safety policy
	5 People policy 
	5 Environmental policy
	5 Assurance policy 
	5 Ethics policy 
Modern slavery statement
Modern slavery is a very low risk for Hurricane, 
due to our size and the nature of our operations 
and direct suppliers. However, we are committed 
to implementing and enforcing effective 
systems and controls to ensure modern slavery 
does not take place anywhere in our own 
business or in any of our supply chains. We 
expect the same high standards from all of 
our contractors, suppliers and other business 
partners. As part of our contracting processes, 
we expect our suppliers to comply with the 
Modern Slavery Act 2015.
A copy of our latest modern slavery policy can 
be found on our website. The policy is reviewed 
on an annual basis. On-line modern slavery 
training is completed by all directors, employees 
and relevant third-party individuals. 
Climate change
As an oil exploration and production company, 
we are conscious of the need to monitor the 
ways in which the energy transition might 
affect our business. The Board considers the 
Company’s environmental stewardship including 
the impact of climate change in its oversight of 
the Company’s strategy. We support the Task 
Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”) and further information is contained in 
our 2021 ESG report. 
We recognise that society is transitioning 
towards a low-carbon future, and we support 
this goal. Even in the most ambitious scenarios 
we believe that petroleum will nonetheless 
play an important role in the global economy 
for decades to come, and new sources 
of petroleum supply will be required for 
a sustainable energy transition. We can 
contribute to the energy transition by reducing 
the greenhouse gas footprint of our operations 
where it is financially, commercially and 
logistically feasible to do so.
Our analysis of the risks posed by climate 
change and energy transition is provided in the 
principal risks and uncertainty on page 30 and 
within the standalone 2021 ESG Report when 
it is published this year.
Board approval of 
Strategic Report
This Strategic Report was approved by the 
Board on 27 April 2022 and signed on its 
behalf by:
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer
Environmental, Social and Governance Report continued
Hurricane Energy plc
32
STRATEGIC REPORT
Hurricane Energy plc
32

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
33
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate 
Governance
Contents
34	
Board of Directors
36	
Governance Report
43	
Audit and Risk Committee Chair’s Report
48	
Nominations Committee Chair’s Report
49	
Directors’ Remuneration Report
61	
Directors’ Report

Board of Directors
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer
Age: 61
Tenure: Antony Maris joined 
the Board as CEO designate 
on 21 August 2020 and 
transitioned into the role of 
CEO on 11 September 2020.
Experience: Antony Maris 
brings over 36 years of 
wide-ranging oil and gas 
sector technical and business 
leadership experience 
to Hurricane. Prior to his 
appointment as CEO, he spent 
15 years with Pharos Energy plc 
(previously SOCO International 
plc) where he was COO from 
2012 to early 2020. In this role, 
he was responsible for the 
development and operation of 
several oilfields, in joint venture 
with local and other parties, 
including fractured basement 
reservoirs offshore Vietnam 
and onshore Yemen. Pharos 
Energy’s Vietnam assets, which 
delivered 60,000 bopd gross 
peak volumes, contributed 
significantly to Vietnam’s 
overall hydrocarbon output. 
He was awarded the Friendship 
Order Medal by the Vietnam 
Government for his significant 
contribution to exploration 
and production activities.
Previously, Antony Maris 
worked in a variety of 
engineering, commercial 
and management roles with 
Consort Resources Limited, 
LASMO plc, Monument Oil and 
Gas plc, and Phillips Petroleum. 
He holds a BSc in Petroleum 
Engineering from Imperial 
College London and an MBA 
from Kingston University.
Antony Maris does not hold 
any external appointments.
Richard Chaffe
Chief Financial Officer
Age: 44
Tenure: Richard Chaffe joined 
Hurricane as Head of Finance 
in 2016. He became acting CFO 
in February 2020, following the 
departure of Alistair Stobie. 
On 8 June 2020, the Company 
announced his appointment 
as CFO and Director.
Experience: Richard Chaffe is 
a Chartered Accountant with 
over 12 years’ experience in 
the industry in the UK. Before 
joining Hurricane as Head 
of Finance, he was Finance 
Director of the UK subsidiary 
of EOG Resources Inc., an 
independent oil and gas 
exploration and production 
company with a market value 
of over $35 billion. Prior to this, 
he worked for Ernst & Young 
for nine years, split between 
client-facing work and working 
as part of an audit quality team 
within the London office. He 
holds a BSc (Hons) in Physics 
from Durham University.
Richard Chaffe does not hold 
any external appointments.
Philip Wolfe
Non-Executive Chairman 
Age: 53
Tenure: Philip Wolfe was 
appointed as a director on 
14 October 2021 and as the 
Senior Independent Director. 
On 8 February 2022, he 
stepped up to his current role 
of Non-Executive Chairman, 
independent on appointment. 
He will continue as ARC 
Chair until an independent 
Non‑Executive director is 
appointed to that role.   
Experience: Philip Wolfe has 
30 years’ experience within the 
energy and utilities industry 
as an executive, adviser and 
corporate financier. He has 
served as Chief Financial 
Officer of various private and 
listed oil and gas companies, 
including Phoenix Global 
Resources plc, an AIM quoted 
oil and gas exploration and 
production company focused 
on Argentina. Philip Wolfe’s 
career includes 23 years in 
investment banking, including 
as Managing Director, Head 
of Oil and Gas, EMEA at UBS 
Investment Bank and Global 
Head of Oil and Gas at HSBC.
Philip Wolfe holds a BSc 
(Hons) in Economics from 
the University of Bristol. 
External Appointments: 
CarbonPay Limited (Director 
and CFO) since 6 April 2022; 
Hemspan Limited (Director); 
Net Zero Carbon Developments 
Limited (Director); Courtney 
Park Engineering Limited 
(Director); and Full Moon 
Production Limited (Director).
Committee membership:
E
AR
AR
N
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
34

John Wright 
Non-Executive Director
Age: 54
Tenure: Alan John Wright 
(“John Wright”) was appointed 
as a director on 29 June 2021 
and is one of the Shareholder 
Nominee Directors of the 
Crystal Amber Fund Limited. 
Following his appointment, 
he took up the role of Interim 
Chairman until 8 February 
2022 when Philip Wolfe was 
appointed as Non-Executive 
Chairman
Experience: John Wright 
has 25 years’ oil and gas 
experience with a diverse 
range of E&P and consultancies 
companies. He has a petroleum 
engineering background, 
specialising in commercial 
roles both in the UK and the 
USA with CNR, Amerada Hess 
and BG Group plc before 
becoming a consultant in 
2008. As a consultant he has 
run multi-discipline teams 
for various acquisition and 
reserve determination projects 
in most regions of the world 
including West Africa, South 
East Asia, USA and Europe for 
both oil and gas, upstream and 
mid-stream. Since 2015, John 
Wright has issued technical 
and commercial guidance 
to shareholders with regards 
Hurricane’s exploration success 
and development decisions. 
John Wright holds a BEng 
in Engineering and a MSc in 
Petroleum engineering. 
External Appointments: 
XMT UK Limited (Director)
Committee membership:
T
R
AR
AR
N
E
Age: 67
Tenure: David Craik was 
appointed as a director on 
29 June 2021 and is one of 
the Shareholder Nominee 
Directors of the Crystal Amber 
Fund Limited.
Experience: David Craik is a 
highly experienced petroleum 
explorer with over 40 years 
of experience in the industry. 
He has worked on a wide 
range of international and 
UKCS projects and petroleum 
reservoir systems and has held 
technical and managerial posts 
at most levels for exploration 
companies, including Cluff Oil, 
Gulf Oil, Blackfriars Oil & Gas, 
Sun International and British 
Gas. From 1996 David Craik 
worked as an independent 
consultant for upstream 
clients and since 2015, David 
Craik, alongside John Wright, 
has issued technical and 
commercial guidance to 
shareholders with regards to 
Hurricane’s exploration success 
and development decisions.
David Craik holds a BSc in 
Geology and an MSc in 
Sedimentology. 
External Appointments: 
Atlaslocal Limited (Director)
Committee membership:
T
R
AR
AR
N
E
Age: 39
Tenure: Joan Morera Calveras 
(“Juan Morera”) was appointed 
as a Non-Executive Director 
on 7 March 2022 following 
the request received on 8 
February 2022 from Crystal 
Amber Fund Limited. Juan is a 
Shareholder Nominee Director 
representing the Crystal Amber 
Fund Limited.
Experience: Juan Morera is 
a CFA qualified investment 
analyst with over ten years’ 
experience, currently working 
as an Analyst and Assistant 
Fund Manager at Crystal 
Amber Advisers. Prior to this 
he was an Investment Analyst 
at Wills Towers Watson. 
Juan Morera holds an MSc in 
Politics of the World Economy 
from the London School 
of Economics and Political 
Science and a BA in Politics and 
Public Policy from Universitat 
Pompeu Fabra, Barcelona.
External Appointments: 
Juan Morera has no further 
external appointments.
Committee membership:
R
N
David Craik
Non-Executive Director
Juan Morera
Non-Executive Director
Key to committee 
membership
Audit and Risk Committee
AR
Nominations Committee
N
Remuneration Committee
R
Technical Committee
T
Environmental, Social and 
Governance Committee
E
Committee Chair
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
35

Governance Report
Introduction from 
the Chairman 
I assumed the role of Non-Executive Chairman 
on 8 February 2022 having been appointed as 
an independent Non-Executive Director and the 
Senior Independent Director on 14 October 2021. 
My approach towards governance, alongside 
that of my fellow directors, is that we all 
recognise the importance and value of sound 
governance practices and support the principles 
of appropriate and good corporate governance 
which underpin Hurricane’s operations. In this 
section we set out the Company’s governance 
arrangements and provide further information 
on how the Board and the Committees operate. 
The year in review has seen considerable 
change for Hurricane. Earlier in the year, in 
light of its very challenging financial situation, 
the Company embarked on a proposed 
financial restructuring. In June, the Court 
did not sanction the proposed restructuring 
and subsequently all of the Non-Executive 
Directors resigned.  In the course of the year 
the Company’s operational performance has 
been both strong and consistent, and the oil 
price has steadily improved, increasing 53% over 
the year.  As a result of the positive change in 
the Company’s financial position, it was able to 
embark upon a bond tender exercise which was 
successfully completed in September and made 
further market purchases in December. As we 
approach the bond repayment date in July 2022, 
and having signed the Aoka Mizu extension, the 
Company is in a considerably stronger position 
than anticipated a year ago and now faces 
growth opportunities and important strategic 
decisions to maximise returns to stakeholders. 
Philip Wolfe
Chairman
The Company announced in September 2021 
that it would adopt the Corporate Governance 
Code for Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies 
published by the Quoted Companies Alliance, 
(“QCA Corporate Governance Code”). In previous 
years when the Company aspired to a premium 
listing it had aligned its governance framework 
to the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. 
Many of the practices and procedures 
implemented to meet that higher standard 
remain in place to support the foundation of 
our Corporate Governance Framework and 
remain proportional to the risks, scope and 
complexity of our operations.
The Board has overall responsibility for setting 
the Company’s strategic aims, defining the 
business plan and strategy and managing the 
financial and operational resources of the 
Company. The delivery and implementation of 
the business plan and strategy resides with the 
Executive Directors and the executive team 
(senior management) who in turn are supported 
by a range of functional teams, and external 
service providers as required. 
As Hurricane embarks on its next chapter, 
having successfully navigated its very 
significant financial challenges over the 
past two years, good corporate governance 
and culture continue to be of the utmost 
importance, I look forward to engaging with 
all of our stakeholders, as we seek to create 
value, operate ethically and responsibly and 
contribute to the UK’s energy security.
Philip Wolfe
Chairman
27 April 2022
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
36

Board of Directors continued
Corporate governance statement
Hurricane is listed on AIM and complies with its obligations under the AIM Rules for Companies and its shares are traded under the “HUR” ticker. 
This Governance Report incorporates the reports from the Audit and Risk Committee on page 43, the Nominations Committee on page 48, the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 49 and the Directors’ Report on page 61.
The Company operates within a Corporate Governance and Regulatory Framework commensurate with the scale and scope of its commercial operations. 
This framework consists of: effective board and committee processes to ensure leadership, strategic direction and operational effectiveness; effective 
internal controls both financial and non-financial; and appropriate remuneration and reward policies and procedures. 
The Company has adopted the QCA Corporate Governance Code (“QCA Code”) and sets out in the following table details of how it meets these 
governance principles. Where compliance is not achieved in full, detailed explanations have been outlined. 
The table below sets out the ten principles and how the Company has applied them, together with further references on where more detailed 
information can be found in this report and on the website.
The QCA Corporate Governance Code
Governance Principles
Compliance/Application
Further Reference
1. 
Establish a strategy and business 
model to promote long-term 
value for shareholders. 
The Group’s strategy is considered and approved by the Board of Directors, 
together with the ongoing monitoring of its delivery and progress against agreed 
objectives and milestones.
The debate carried out by the Board of Directors on the development and 
evolution of the strategy includes an assessment of how shareholder value will be 
delivered in the medium to long term.
See page 10 of the Strategic Report 
to find out more about the strategy 
and business model.
2. 
Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs 
and expectations. 
The Board of Directors as part of its routine decision-making process considers 
how decisions could impact and be received by shareholders and all stakeholders. 
In determining the needs and expectations of the Company’s shareholder base, 
the Board has held direct dialogue with shareholders (always subject to compliance 
with legal and regulatory requirements, including Market Abuse Regulations). 
See pages 12 to 13 in the Strategic 
Report and page 42 in the Governance 
Report for more information on 
our relations and engagement with 
shareholders and stakeholders.
3. 
Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and 
their implications for 
long‑term success. 
All key stakeholders in the business have been identified. As part of the 
Company’s decision-making process, the Board and executive management 
routinely consider the wider impact of its decisions on employees, shareholders, 
bondholders, strategic business partners, contractors, suppliers, regulators and 
local communities in which the Company operates. Hurricane takes its social 
responsibilities seriously and constantly strives to leave a positive legacy in the 
communities in which it operates.
See the following sections in the 
Strategic Report covering Stakeholder 
Engagement, (see page 12), Section 
172 Statement, (page 14) and Working 
Responsibly, (page 31), all of which 
demonstrate how we manage and 
meet our stakeholder and social 
responsibilities.
4.
Embed effective risk 
management, considering both 
opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation. 
The principal risks and uncertainties and the actions required to mitigate against these 
have all been identified and assessed by the Board of Directors and the members 
of the Audit Committee and Senior Management. The Board is cognisant that the 
outlook for the Group and the opportunity for growth in shareholder value must be 
understood in the context of the industry’s associated risks.
Significant decisions are deliberated by the Board following robust consideration 
of any exposure to identified risks, and the associated risk tolerance and appetite. 
The Corporate Risk Register is prepared using a bottom-up process, starting with 
the risk registers of individual assets and business units. All registers are regularly 
reviewed and updated to take account of any changes and likely impact.
See pages 22 to 30 of the Strategic 
Report on how we embed and manage 
an effective risk management system 
throughout the organisation.
5.
Maintain the Board as a well 
functioning, balanced team 
led by the Chair. 
The Board currently comprises a Non-Executive Chairman who was independent 
on appointment. 
During the first half of the year the Company fully met its compliance obligations 
of an independent, balanced board. However, following the challenges mid-year 
when the Court did not sanction the Company’s proposed financial restructuring 
a number of Board changes were effected resulting in the resignation of the 
independent Non-Executive Directors on the 29 June 2021 and the immediate 
appointment of two Shareholder Nominee Non-Executive Directors, David 
Craik and John Wright (John serving as Interim Chairman). For the remainder 
of the year in review the balance of the Board remained in a transitional phase 
until further independent Non-Executive Directors could be appointed. On 14 
October 2021 the appointment of Philip Wolfe as an independent Non-Executive 
Director partially resolved the situation. Since the year end Philip’s more recent 
appointment in February 2022 as Non-Executive Chairman (independent on 
appointment) has moved the Company forward and the continued development 
of an independent, balanced, well functioning board is now being led by him. 
All Non-Executive Directors have service agreements and commit to regular time 
each month to perform their duties and fulfil their roles.
See pages 39 to 42 of the Governance 
Report for further information on 
our Governance Framework, how 
the Board functions, the number of 
meetings held and the work carried 
out by the Board and its committees 
throughout the year in review.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
37

Governance Principles
Compliance/Application
Further Reference
6.
Ensure that between them the 
Directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities. 
The development of the Board and the skillsets of each Board member are 
assessed in line with the Board’s focus on working with the senior management 
team to determine the strategy that will create most value for investors, and 
provide a sustainable future. 
All directors upon appointment have an induction programme and where 
relevant are given training on their role and fiduciary duties as a director 
of a listed company.
In addition all directors have access to independent advice as required.
See pages 34 and 35 of the 
Governance Report for further 
information on the Board’s biographies, 
their training, and access to independent 
advice and services of the General 
Counsel and Company Secretary.
7.
Evaluate Board performance 
based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement. 
Board evaluations both by internal and external facilitation have been carried out 
by the incumbent chairmen in recent years. The recommendations and feedback 
have been reported in previous Annual Reports. 
Following the changes to the Board in 2021 and the recent work, (post the end 
of the financial year), on evolving and developing the strategy, the Chairman has 
recently commenced a Board evaluation process to assist in supporting the delivery 
of this strategy. In parallel, we are seeking to recruit at least two independent 
Non‑Executive Directors with the appropriate experience to augment the skills 
of the Board. Information on this exercise will be disclosed as appropriate in 
future reports.
See pages 47, 48 and 49 for the 
Company’s approach to continuous 
improvement and the evaluation 
of its Board’s performance.
8.
Promote a corporate culture 
that is based on ethical values 
and behaviours. 
The Board and Senior Executive encourage and promote a corporate culture 
that is based on sound ethical values and behaviour. The Company’s policies are 
endorsed by the Board and encourage practices consistent with fair, safe and 
ethical corporate values commensurate of working in a regulated environment.
There is an internal channel for raising concerns in confidence to support 
the Code of Ethical Conduct.
See page 31 of the Strategic Report on 
working responsibly.
See pages 39 to 59 of the Governance 
Report on how we operate and the 
Remuneration policy.
All policies can be found on our 
website at www.hurricaneenergy.com.
We also publish an ESG Report, copies 
of which can be found on the website.
9.
Maintain governance structures 
and processes that are fit for 
purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board. 
The Board continues to develop and maintain governance structures and 
processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making. Where 
needed the Board uses external independent advisers to assist with this. 
See pages 39 to 59 of the Governance 
Report for details of the Company’s 
governance framework. Further 
governance policies and procedures 
can also be found on the Company 
website at www.hurricaneenergy.com.
10.
Communicate how the Company 
is governed and is performing 
by maintaining a dialogue 
with shareholders and other 
relevant stakeholders. 
The Board ensures that stakeholder and shareholder engagement is taken into 
account when decision-making.
The Company discloses its performance and clearly sets its governance 
framework under its reporting obligations as a listed company and regular direct 
communication is provided through the timely release of regulatory news to the 
market via the Regulatory News Service, (RNS).
Shareholders are encouraged to attend and vote at the Company’s Annual General 
Meeting where they can direct questions to the Company and are able via the 
Company website to send in questions. During the COVID-19 pandemic hybrid 
shareholder meetings were facilitated to ensure shareholder participation.
In addition, investor communications (which have included Capital Markets Days) 
are facilitated in conjunction with the Company’s Nominated Adviser and PR and 
Communications Adviser.
See page 42 of the Governance Report 
and pages 12 to 13 of the Strategic 
Report detailing the Company’s 
processes on its governance and 
shareholder and stakeholder 
engagement.
Governance Report continued
The QCA Corporate Governance Code continued
Hurricane Energy plc
38
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
38

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
39
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
39
The roles within the Board
The Chairman
The Chairman’s role is to: lead the Board and 
create a culture of openness characterised 
by debate and appropriate challenge; ensure 
that the Board determines the nature and 
extent of the significant risks the Company 
is willing to take to implement its strategy; 
make sure that the Board receives accurate, 
timely and clear information, is consulted on 
all relevant matters, and, in so doing, promotes 
appropriate standards of corporate governance; 
monitor the contribution and performance of 
Board members; make sure that the Company 
communicates clearly with stakeholders and 
shareholders, and discusses their views and 
concerns with the Board; and working with the 
CEO to represent the Company in key strategic 
and stakeholder relationships.
The Chief Executive Officer
The CEO’s role is to: lead the Group’s 
performance, Executive Directors and senior 
management, whilst maintaining a dialogue 
with the Chairman on the important and 
strategic issues facing the Company; propose 
strategies, business plans and policies to the 
Board; implement Board decisions, policies and 
strategies; lead in the day-to-day running of 
every part of the business; lead, motivate and 
monitor the performance of the Company’s 
executive and senior management team, as 
well as overseeing succession planning for roles 
of the executives and senior management; 
and ensure effective leadership of all 
communication with shareholders and all 
key stakeholders.
The Chief Financial Officer
The CFO’s role is to: lead the Group’s financial 
operations, this includes tracking cash flow 
and financial planning as well as analysing the 
Company’s financial strengths and weaknesses 
and proposing corrective actions; ensuring 
compliance with internal and external financial 
reporting; ensuring appropriate stewardship of 
assets and cash management and managing the 
financial actions of the Group.
The Senior Independent Director 
Hurricane’s Senior Independent Director (“SID”)
is a Non-Executive Director whose role is to: 
meet with major institutional shareholders 
and shareholder representative bodies, to 
discuss matters that would not be appropriate 
for discussion with the Chairman or Chief 
Executive Officer; act as a sounding board for 
the Chairman and as an intermediary between 
the Chairman and other directors; and review 
the Chairman’s performance during the year, 
taking account of feedback from other Board 
members. During the year in review Dr David 
Jenkins held the role until 29 June 2021 followed 
by Philip Wolfe upon his appointment on 
14 October 2021. Since 8 February 2022 when 
Philip Wolfe stepped up to become Chairman, 
independent on appointment, the role of SID 
is not fulfilled. This role will be reviewed once 
further independent Non-Executive Directors 
are recruited. 
The Non-Executive Directors
Independent Non-Executive Directors bring 
experience and independent judgement to the 
Board and develop and constructively challenge 
strategy proposals. Each Non-Executive 
Director is appointed for an initial three-year 
term and is presently subject to re-election by 
rotation at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
in accordance with the Articles of Association, 
on the basis of one-third of the directors in 
number being re-elected every year and every 
director being subject to rotation at least once 
every three years.
The Company Secretary
The Company Secretary’s role is to: advise the 
Board through the Chairman on governance 
matters and ensure compliance with all Board 
procedures and company secretarial matters. 
The Company Secretary is also responsible 
for ensuring good information flow between 
the Board and its committees and between 
management and the Non-Executive Directors. 
During the year in review the General Counsel 
and Company Secretary was Daniel Jankes. He 
acted as a Secretary to the Board, Audit and 
Risk Committee, Nominations Committee, ESG 
Committee, and Remuneration Committee 
when required. The Company Secretary has 
direct access to the Chairman and to the 
committee Chairs.
100+0+H
Board gender
 Male: 100% (2020: 71%)
 Female: 0% (2020: 29%)
56+44+H
Staff gender
 Male: 56% (2020: 55%)
 Female: 44% (2020: 45%)
62+38+H
Staff age
 <=50: 62% (2020: 71%)
 >50: 38% (2020: 29%)
As at 31 December 2021
DIVERSITY

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
40
The roles within the Board continued
Board composition during the year in review
Currently, the Board is comprised of two Executive Directors (the CEO and CFO), three non-independent shareholder appointed Non-Executive Directors 
and a Non-Executive Chairman (independent on appointment). 
From 29 June 2021 when the previous Non-Executive Directors stepped down, the Board and the Nominations Committee have continued to monitor 
the size, composition, and skillset of the Board, making further appointments to balance the Board. Details of the Company’s search and selection process 
can be found in the Nominations Committee Report on page 48.
Earlier in the year until 29 June 2021, the Board consisted of a Non-Executive Chairman (independent on appointment), four independent Non-Executive 
Directors and two Executive Directors.
Period of service as
Date of
Date of
Name
Role
Independent
at 31 Dec 2021
appointment
resignation
Executives
Antony Maris
CEO
No
1 yr 4 mths
21 August 2020
—
Richard Chaffe
CFO
No
1 yr 6 mths
5 June 2020
—
Non-Executives
John Wright
Non-Executive Director 
(interim Chairman)*
No
6 mths
29 June 2021
—
David Craik
Non-Executive Director**
No
6 mths
29 June 2021
—
Philip Wolfe
Non-Executive Director***
Yes
2.5 mths
14 October 2021
—
Steven McTiernan
Non-Executive Chairman
On appointment
3 yrs 2 mths
1 May 2018
29 June 2021
Dr David Jenkins
Senior Independent Director 
Yes
8 yrs 3 mths
8 March 2013
29 June 2021 
John van der Welle
Independent Non-Executive Director
Yes
8 yrs 3 mths
8 March 2013
29 June 2021
Sandy Shaw
Independent Non-Executive Director
Yes
2 yrs 6 mths 
3 January 2019
29 June 2021
Beverley Smith
Independent Non-Executive Director
Yes
2 yrs 6 mths
20 December 2019
29 June 2021
Note:
*	 Shareholder Nominated Director representing the Crystal Amber Fund Limited. John Wright held the role of Interim Chairman from 29 June to 8 February 2022.
**	 Shareholder Nominated Director representing the Crystal Amber Fund Limited.
***	Appointed as an independent Director on 14 October 2021 and stepped up to Non-Executive Chairman on 8 February 2022.
Board function and activities 
during the year
The Board is collectively responsible for the 
long-term success of the Company and is thereby 
responsible for setting the Group’s strategic 
objectives and ensuring they are properly pursued. 
In addition, the Board ensures that major business 
risks are actively monitored and managed, going 
beyond regulatory compliance, to be accountable 
to all the Company’s stakeholders.
The Board’s responsibilities are documented in a 
formal schedule/Terms of Reference and include: 
the development of strategy including exploration, 
appraisal and development activity; acquisition 
and divestment policy; the approval of all major 
capital expenditure/major contracts; the Group’s 
capital structure; the consideration of significant 
financing matters, insurance levels, controls and 
all financial reporting; oversight and review of 
principal risks and uncertainties; oversight of 
independent assurance of policies and procedures; 
Board membership and appointments; Board and 
senior management remuneration; key regulatory 
and corporate governance matters (including ESG 
policies). The Board is assisted by five principal 
committees: Audit and Risk, Nominations, ESG, 
Technical and Remuneration. Each committee is 
responsible for dealing with matters within its own 
terms of reference.
During the year in review, the Board addressed the following matters:
	5 the proposed financial restructuring of the Group including a bond re-tendering exercise and 
overseeing an independent review of the financial restructuring programme declined by the High 
Court in June 2021;
	5 COVID-19 impact and risk mitigation;
	5 strategy, including production stabilisation and review of all potential future development 
options, performance measures and milestones;
	5 corporate governance, legal, regulatory and compliance – including policies, Board composition, 
Board evaluation and training, workforce engagement, internal controls and risk management, 
and engagement with our Regulators; 
	5 risk and rewards – including corporate risk review; 
	5 operations – including infrastructure, exploration, HSE, reservoir development and management;
	5 financial management – including financial statements, planning, budgeting and financing, 
contract negotiation and performance monitoring; and
	5 Environmental Social and Governance – including ESG annual work programme, reporting 
requirements review, and a review of the Board Composition following the resignation of the 
Chairman and four Non-Executive Directors in June 2021.
The Board’s routine programme included: receiving reports from the Executive Directors, 
monitoring financial reports and operating budgets, approving corporate reporting, monitoring risk 
management, receiving reports on health and safety, succession planning, ESG, investor relations, 
compliance, governance and regulatory and legal affairs updates. The Board also received regular 
updates from the respective committee Chairs on key matters discussed at the Board committees.
The Company Secretary role is to ensure that all Board papers and presentation materials are 
circulated in advance of each Board meeting and that the minutes of meetings and Board resolutions 
Governance Report continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
41
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
are circulated following each meeting. The Company Secretary’s role is also to ensure that there 
is a good flow of information between the Board and its committees and between management 
and the Non-Executive Directors.
The Board and the Executives continue to be supported by an Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) Committee and a Technical Advisory Committee. During the year in review David Craik was 
the Chair of both of these informal committees. 
The following table shows the Directors’ attendance at scheduled Board Meetings of all directors 
who served during the year in review:
Name
Role
Meetings Attended 
Antony Maris 
Executive  
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Richard Chaffe
Executive  
Director 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Steven McTiernan* Independent 
Non-Executive 
Chairman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dr David Jenkins*
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director (SID)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John van der Welle* Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sandy Shaw*
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beverley Smith*
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John Wright**
As Interim 
Chairman during 
the year in review
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
David Craik**
Non-Executive 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Philip Wolfe***
As Independent 
Non-Executive 
(SID)
 
	 Meetings attended
Note:
*	
Until resignation date on 29 June 2021.
**	 From appointment date on 29 June 2021.
***	From appointment date on 14 October 2021.
Board induction and training
The Company operates an induction and ongoing training programme for all directors as required. 
Following the appointment of the Shareholder Nominated Non-Executive Directors a training 
session, led by the Company’s legal and financial advisers, was held to outline the statutory and 
regulatory duties of directors of listed public companies. These processes are reviewed and 
enhanced as appropriate. All members of the Board have access to the Company Secretary and 
to appropriate professional development courses to support them in meeting their obligations 
and duties.
Independent advice
The Board has adopted a policy whereby 
directors and Board committees have 
access to independent advice as well as to 
the services of the General Counsel and 
Company Secretary. The procedure allows 
any director to take independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense on any 
matter in the furtherance of their duties and 
responsibilities regarding shareholder and 
stakeholders, liquidity, financing, and potential 
insolvent trading. In 2021 the Board made 
extensive use of Dentons and Ashurst LLP as its 
independent advisers regarding directors’ duties 
and responsibilities in relation to the financial 
restructuring proposals.
Directors’ and officers’ (D&O) 
liability insurance
The Company provides its directors and officers 
with the benefit of appropriate insurance, which 
is reviewed annually. In addition, directors and 
officers have received an indemnity from the 
Company against:
(a)	 any liability incurred by or attaching to 
the director or officer in connection with 
any negligence, default, breach of duty, or 
breach of trust by them in relation to the 
Company or any associated company; and
(b)	 any other liability incurred by or attaching 
to the director or officer in the actual or 
purported execution and/or discharge 
of their duties and/or the exercise or 
purported exercise of their powers and/or 
otherwise in relation to/or in connection 
with their duties, powers or office, other 
than certain excluded liabilities including 
to the extent that such an indemnity is not 
permitted by law.
Conflicts of interest
Every director has a duty to avoid a conflict 
between their personal interests and those 
of the Company and, where there is a conflict, 
disclose conflicts and potential conflicts to the 
Chairman and the Company Secretary as and 
when they arise. The provisions of Section 175 
of the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s 
Articles of Association permit the Board to 
authorise situations identified by a director in 
which he or she has, or may have, a direct or 
indirect interest that conflicts, or may conflict, 
with the interests of the Company. As part of a 
director induction process, a newly appointed 
director completes a questionnaire that requires 
him or her to disclose any conflicts of interest 
to the Company.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
42
Conflicts of interest continued
Thereafter, each director has an opportunity 
to disclose conflicts at the beginning of each 
Board and Board committee meeting and as 
part of an annual review. Directors do not 
participate in Board decisions which relate to 
any matter in which they have or may have a 
conflict of interest. The General Counsel and 
Company Secretary maintains a Register of 
Members for any conflict of interest and/or 
nature of conflict of interest. During the year 
there were some potential conflicts of interest 
in relation to matters being discussed by the 
Board and as such the director involved did 
not participate in discussions regarding these 
matters. The system in place for monitoring 
potential director conflicts remained effective 
throughout the period.
Election of directors
In accordance with the Articles of Association, 
each director appointed by the Board during 
the year shall be subject to election at the next 
AGM following their appointment. John Wright, 
David Craik, Philip Wolfe and Juan Morera will 
offer themselves for election at the 2022 AGM.
Re-election of directors
At each AGM, at least one-third of the 
directors eligible for rotation must retire from 
office and be subject to re-appointment by 
shareholders. Each director must retire at the 
third AGM following their last appointment 
or re-appointment in a general meeting. The 
director due to retire by rotation, pursuant to 
the Company’s Articles of Association, at the 
AGM in 2022 is Antony Maris.  
Other external directorships
In line with the Executive Directors’ 
service contracts, Executive Directors must 
seek permission to take on any external 
directorships. Likewise, in order to ensure 
that the time constraints are not over 
stretched and to avoid ‘overboarding’, the 
Non-Executive Directors raise with the Board 
any matters relating to them taking up other 
external appointments before committing 
to such appointments.
Political donations
In line with our policy neither Hurricane nor 
any company in the Group made contributions 
in cash or kind to any political party, whether 
by gift or loan during the year.
Communication with 
shareholders and stakeholders
The Board as a whole has responsibility for 
ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue with 
shareholders and stakeholders takes place 
as appropriate. It believes that dialogue, 
as appropriate, is key to developing an 
understanding of the views of shareholders 
and stakeholders. The Board also remains 
informed by internal feedback on stakeholder 
engagements, monitoring the main movements 
in shareholdings and reviewing brokers’ reports.
During the proposed financial restructuring 
process, the Company continued to provide 
shareholders with operational and financial 
updates through the Regulatory News Service. 
In particular, shareholders were notified 
that the Company was engaging with its 
bondholders in order to address its debt profile 
and that the outcome of these discussions 
risked dilution to existing shareholders from a 
possible restructuring and/or partial equitisation 
of the Convertible Bonds. This process led to 
the proposed financial restructuring of the 
Convertible Bonds announced by the Company 
on 30 April 2021 and a court convened plan 
meeting for all shareholders to vote on the 
proposed financial restructuring was held on 
11 June 2021. The outcome of the court hearing 
was announced on 28 June 2021. 
In the normal course of business, the CEO and 
CFO are available to shareholders in investor 
meetings and at public events. The Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director are also 
available to shareholders, if communication 
through the normal channels fails to resolve 
a matter, or if it is felt inappropriate to discuss 
the matter involved with the CEO and/or CFO.
Throughout the year the Chairman and 
Senior Independent Director, with support 
from the Management team, take the 
lead on these matters to ensure that the 
views of shareholders and stakeholders are 
communicated to the Board as a whole.
Meetings with key shareholders continued 
to take place during the reporting year. 
Unfortunately, as a result of COVID-19, 
shareholders were unable to meet and question 
the Board in person at the AGM in June 2021, 
however a hybrid meeting was convened 
which allowed shareholders to participate 
and ask questions.
Shareholders and stakeholders are kept 
informed of the progress and performance 
of the Group through its corporate reporting. 
This information and other significant 
announcements of the Group are released to 
the Regulatory News Service of the London 
Stock Exchange and are also made available on 
the Company’s website. The Group is conscious 
of the need to ensure that smaller shareholders 
are not disadvantaged so video webcasts or 
speaker notes are made available after key 
events for those shareholders not present. 
Further information of how we engage with 
stakeholders can be found on pages 12 and 13.
Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The AGM is due to take place on 29 June 2022 
at 11.00a.m. Information about the format 
of the AGM can be found in the Notice of 
Meeting. Voting on the resolutions will generally 
be conducted by a poll and the voting results 
will be announced through the Regulatory 
News Service of the London Stock Exchange 
and also made available on the Company’s 
website. In line with the Companies Act 2006 
and best practice, the Company now supplies 
information such as notices of meetings, forms 
of proxy and the Annual Report and Group 
Financial Statements via its website.
Registered shareholders are notified by email 
or post when new information is available on 
the website. The Company will endeavour 
to send hard copy communications to those 
shareholders who request it. Shareholders 
may at any time revoke a previous instruction 
to receive hard copies or electronic copies of 
shareholder information.
At the 2021 AGM, voting on the resolutions was 
as follows: 
Resolution 1, voted against by 74.41%, a 
resolution to receive the Annual Report and 
Group Financial Statements, which was an 
advisory resolution. Resolution 2, voted against 
by 78.23%, a resolution to re-appoint Deloitte 
LLP as the Company’s auditors, following which 
the Company appointed new external auditors. 
Resolution 3, a resolution to elect Richard 
Chaffe as a director of the Company, was 
passed with a majority of 61.18%. Resolution 4, 
a resolution to elect Antony Maris as a director 
of the Company, was passed with a majority 
of 61.49%.
The Board engaged with shareholders on the 
outcome of the voting which saw a significant 
vote against resolutions 1 and 2. Shareholders 
outlined that their concerns were a result of the 
Company’s proposed restructuring plan which 
had failed to gain a court sanction.  
Governance Report continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
43
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Audit and Risk Committee Chair’s Report
I am pleased to present my first report of the 
Audit and Risk Committee for the year ended 
31 December 2021, which also includes the 
Committee’s activities since year end to date. 
This report covers:
	5 the role of the Committee; 
	5 circumstance and process around which the 
Group’s new external statutory auditor was 
appointed; and
	5 activities during the year (including new 
activities arising during the year).
2021 was a year of change and challenge 
for the Committee. Following the proposed 
financial restructuring the resignations and 
appointments to the Board resulted in a 
change in composition of the Committee, 
and there were significant areas of judgement 
and challenge arising from the proposed 
restructuring, in addition to appointing PKF 
Littlejohn LLP (‘PKF’) as the new statutory 
external auditor under time-pressured conditions.
However, thanks to the consistent and strong 
operational performance and to a greater 
extent the considerable recovery in oil prices 
through 2021 some of these judgements, 
including going concern are less challenging. 
Since March 2013 until his resignation from 
the Board and Committee on 29 June 2021, 
the Audit and Risk Committee was chaired 
by John van der Welle, who had recent and 
relevant financial experience (as an Official 
List and AIM E&P company director). At the 
start of the year, membership of the Audit 
and Risk Committee included John van der 
Welle (Chair), Dr David Jenkins and Sandy 
Shaw. Following the resignation of those Board 
members on 29 June 2021, John Wright and 
David Craik were appointed to the Committee, 
with John Wright assuming the position of 
interim Chair. Philip Wolfe was appointed to the 
Board on 14 October 2021 and subsequently 
assumed the role of permanent Chair of the 
Committee, with John Wright remaining as 
a member. Philip Wolfe is the individual on 
the Committee deemed to have relevant 
recent financial experience (under the QCA 
Code). The Company Secretary acts as 
Secretary to the Committee. The Committee 
is considered, as a whole, to have the required 
competence relevant to the oil & gas sector 
in which the Company operates. Hurricane’s 
Board currently does not have more than 
two independent Non-Executive Directors, 
due to the appointment of the Shareholder 
Nominee Directors, therefore the Committee’s 
composition does not currently meet best 
practice guidelines under the QCA Code. 
Upon the appointment of further independent 
Non‑Executive Directors it is anticipated that 
there will be a new Committee Chair in 2022.
The Committee met three times during 2021, 
and once to date in 2022. Attendance of the 
Committee members in 2021 is shown on 
this page. The Committee has the right to 
request other Executive Directors and senior 
management to attend its meetings. Other 
advisers of the Group also attend meetings 
if requested by the Committee. The external 
auditor is requested to attend the meetings on 
an ad hoc basis, and they have direct access to 
the Chair of the Committee.
Following each meeting the Chair of the 
Committee reports formally to the Board on the 
main issues discussed by the Committee.
Principal responsibilities 
of the Committee
During the reporting year and again in April 2022, 
the terms of reference of the Committee were 
reviewed and updated to reflect best practice 
and all Corporate Governance requirements, 
as well as the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) 
2016 Guidance on Audit Committees, the 
FRC 2014 Guidance on Risk Management and 
Internal Control and the FRC Revised Ethical 
Standard. The principal responsibilities of the 
Committee are as follows:
	5 monitor the integrity of the Financial and 
Narrative Statements of the Company 
including results and other announcements 
of financial performance; 
	5 review significant financial reporting issues 
and judgements;
	5 review and, where necessary, challenge 
the consistency of accounting policies and 
whether appropriate accounting standards 
have been used;
	5 review the contents of the Annual Report 
and Group Financial Statements and advise 
the Board on whether it is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders and 
stakeholders to assess the Group’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy;
	5 review the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal controls (including the Company’s 
internal financial controls) and risk 
management systems;
	5 consider the need for an internal audit 
function and make a recommendation to 
the Board;
	5 review the Company’s whistle-blowing 
system and procedures for detecting fraud 
and make recommendations to the Board;
	5 review the Company’s procedures for the 
prevention of bribery and receive reports 
on non-compliance;
Philip Wolfe
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
Meetings and membership
Meeting attendance in 2021
Name
Attendance1
Independence
John van 
der Welle2
 
Yes
Dr David 
Jenkins2
 
Yes
Sandy Shaw2
 
Yes
John Wright3
 
 
No
David Craik3
 
 
No
Philip Wolfe4
 
Yes
Note:
1.	 Three meetings were held during the year in review.
2.	 John van der Welle, David Jenkins and Sandy 
Shaw resigned from the Board on 29 June 2021 
and therefore did not attend any meetings after 
this date. 
3.	 John Wright and David Craik were appointed to 
the Board and the Committee on 29 June 2021.
4.	 Philip Wolfe was appointed to the Board on 
14 October 2021. The attendance reflects the 
number of meetings attended in the capacity 
of Non-Executive Director and Chairman of 
the Committee.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
44
Principal responsibilities 
of the Committee continued
	5 oversee the relationship with the external 
auditor, assessing its independence 
and objectivity, and approval of auditor 
remuneration including the level of audit 
and non-audit fees; 
	5 review and make recommendations to the 
Board on the appointment of the external 
auditor and to approve the remuneration 
and terms of engagement of the 
external auditor;
	5 review and approve the annual audit plan, 
and review the effectiveness and findings 
of the audit; and
	5 report to the Board on the proceedings of 
the Committee and make recommendations 
to the Board on any area within the 
Committee’s remit.
At its meeting in May 2021 the Committee 
reviewed the 2020 Annual Report and Group 
Financial Statements, including discussing with 
Deloitte their audit findings report. In addition, 
the Committee considered the effectiveness of 
the audit, the independence and objectivity of 
the external auditor and management’s update 
to the Committee on the effectiveness of 
internal controls. As regards the Company’s risk 
management system, the corporate risk register 
and the corresponding principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the business as disclosed 
in the 2020 Annual Report were considered. 
The Committee reviewed and approved its 
report for inclusion in the 2020 Annual Report. 
The Committee also considered whether the 
Company should implement an internal audit 
function and approved a new policy on the 
provision of non-audit services by the external 
auditor. Finally, a review of the Committee’s 
terms of reference was also undertaken, 
including recommending amendment in relation 
to the Company’s whistle-blowing system.
The Committee met in October 2021 primarily 
to consider the 2021 Interim Financial 
Statements, including the external auditor’s 
review findings report. In addition, the 
Committee considered the effectiveness of the 
auditor’s review. As regards internal controls, the 
Committee approved management’s proposal 
for the Company’s Internal Controls Review 
programme which supports the assurance 
of the Company’s internal financial controls 
including an external review of internal financial 
controls to be conducted by Grant Thornton. 
The Committee reviewed management’s 
annual corporate compliance report, covering 
a variety of legal, regulatory and other areas 
which form part of the Company’s compliance 
programme. Finally, the Committee reviewed 
its arrangements for the provision of ongoing 
education to its members. 
At the Committee’s meeting held in 
December 2021, the main items considered 
were the Company’s updated corporate risk 
register and associated principal risks, the 
proposed plan for the external audit of the 2021 
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 
from the Company’s new external auditor, and 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
financial controls. In addition, the Committee 
considered a technical accounting and 
corporate governance update provided by PKF. 
The Committee met in April 2022 to review 
the 2021 Annual Report and Group Financial 
Statements, the key accounting and disclosure 
issues relating thereto, and PKF’s audit findings 
report. Further information on the key areas 
of focus in this review is given in the next 
section below. In addition, the Committee 
considered the effectiveness of the audit, the 
independence and objectivity of the external 
Audit tender and appointment of new external auditor
At the Company’s Annual General Meeting, held on 30 June 2021, the Resolution to re-appoint 
Deloitte LLP as the Company’s external statutory auditor was not passed (albeit with only c.10% 
of those shares entitled to vote voting against the Resolution). Removing the incumbent auditor 
at that time meant that the Company was at risk of not being able to publish its subsequent 
financial reports to the market; due to the constructive and statutory obligations the Company 
is under to have its interim and annual reports audited. If those reports were not published on 
time, the Company would have had its shares suspended by AIM. 
The Company subsequently engaged with its largest shareholders and Deloitte LLP, but were 
unable to come to an arrangement that would involve continuity of the incumbent auditor. 
The Company therefore commenced a ‘fast-track’ audit tender process. Given the nature of 
the committee at the time, the committee delegated the audit tender process to a selection 
panel, comprised of the CEO, CFO, General Counsel, interim committee Chair and a senior 
representative from the Company’s Finance function.
The tender process comprised submission of a written proposal, and interview with the selection 
panel. The selection criteria for the audit tender comprised:
	5 how well the tendering audit firm understands Hurricane’s business, issues and wider industry;
	5 the tendering audit firm’s experience in providing audit and other services to other AIM-listed 
and/or E&P companies;
	5 experience of the tendering audit firm’s partner and proposed team members;
	5 ability of the tendering audit firm to be flexible and reactive on timings and changes 
to reporting timetables and requirements.
	5 the tendering audit firm’s proposed audit approach and methodology;
	5 ability of the tendering audit firm to provide value for money;
	5 technical expertise of the tending audit firm and access to resources and industry 
authorities; and
	5 the tendering audit firm’s FRC Annual Audit Quality Inspection Results.
Whilst fees were considered by the panel as part of the proposals, the Company was under no 
obligation to accept the lowest offer submitted.
Following completion of the evaluation, the selection panel recommended to the Board the 
appointment of PKF; the panel being of the opinion that PKF had put forward a strong audit 
team with suitable skills and experience to provide robust and rigorous challenge to management 
during the audits. The Board duly selected PKF as Hurricane’s auditor for the financial year ended 
31 December 2021. Their re-appointment will be subject to the approval of shareholders at the 
2022 Annual General Meeting.
auditor, the Company’s policy on the provision 
of non-audit services by the external auditor, 
the effectiveness of internal controls (including 
a review of Grant Thornton’s report covering 
their review of the Company’s internal financial 
controls), and considered, and whether an 
internal audit function was needed. The 
corporate risk register, corresponding principal 
risks and procedures for identifying emerging 
risks facing the business as disclosed in the 2021 
Annual Report were considered. The Committee 
also reviewed and approved its report for 
inclusion the 2021 Annual Report. Finally, the 
Committee noted, inter alia, the progress of the 
external review of its effectiveness undertaken 
as part of the external board evaluation and 
reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.
Audit and Risk Committee Chair’s Report continued

During the reporting year, the Committee has 
discharged its responsibilities as follows:
 
May 2021
	5 Financial Performance – Reviewed the Group’s financial performance, 
significant financial reporting issues, accounting policies, standards and 
judgements, and the external auditor’s audit findings report on the Group 
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2020.
	5 Narrative Reporting – Reviewed the content of the 2020 Annual Report and 
Group Financial Statements ensuring it was fair, balanced and understandable and 
contains the necessary information for shareholders and stakeholders to assess the 
Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy; including disclosures 
around the proposed financial restructuring.
	5 Risk Management System/Internal Controls – Reviewed the effectiveness 
of internal controls and the corporate risk register and considered the need for 
an internal audit function. Considered the macro and micro risks associated with 
COVID-19.
	5 External Audit Effectiveness – Reviewed the effectiveness of the external 
audit process. 
	5 Relationship with External Auditor – Reviewed auditor independence and 
recommended the re-appointment of the auditor to the Board.
	5 Committee Governance – Reviewed the Committee’s annual work programme, 
reviewed the findings of the annual evaluation survey of the Committee’s 
effectiveness. Reviewed the terms of reference against the 2018 Code.
 
October 2021
	5 Financial Performance – Reviewed the Group’s 2021 Interim Financial 
Statements and the external auditor’s half year review findings report.
	5 External Auditor’s Review Effectiveness – Reviewed the effectiveness 
of the external auditor’s review process, including the new auditor’s procedures 
in gaining comfort over opening balances and comparatives, and their review 
of the predecessor auditor’s files.
	5 Risk Management System/Internal Controls – Received an update on the 
corporate risk register and associated principal risks facing the Group. Reviewed 
the corporate compliance programme/report and approved the proposal for Grant 
Thornton to undertake an Internal Controls Review.
	5 Committee Governance – Reviewed the Company’s Non-Audit Services Policy 
in line with the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard, reviewed the Committee’s annual 
work programme and ongoing programme of education.
 
December 2021
	5 External Audit Effectiveness – Agreed PKF’s external audit plan, including 
their assessment of the significant accounting risks and judgemental areas 
expected within the 2021 Annual Report.
	5 Relationship with External Auditor – Reviewed PKF’s audit fees proposal.
	5 Narrative Reporting – Received an update from PKF on recent FRC publications 
and guidance on Annual Reporting matters.
	5 Committee Governance – Reviewed the Committee’s annual work programme 
and ongoing programme of education.
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
45
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Principal responsibilities 
of the Committee continued
2021 Annual Report and 
financial reporting
As regards the 2021 Annual Report and Group 
Financial Statements, the areas of focus for 
the Committee included the Group’s going 
concern and viability disclosures in the 
Financial Statements; impairment of intangible 
exploration and evaluation assets; consistency 
of application of accounting policies; ongoing 
compliance with relevant financial reporting 
standards; AIM and legal requirements; 
the appropriateness of assumptions and 
judgements for items subject to estimates 
and the clarity and completeness of disclosures 
in the Financial Statements.
Overall, the Committee focuses on whether, 
taken as a whole, the Annual Report and Group 
Financial Statements is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders and stakeholders to 
assess the Group’s performance, business model 
and strategy. The Committee and the Board 
believe this to be the case.
The Committee considered in particular the 
following major Financial Statement items that 
require significant judgement and contain key 
sources of estimation in the preparation of the 
2021 Financial Statements: 
Going concern
The assessment of whether the Group can 
continue as a going concern is a recurring 
matter which forms the basis of preparation of 
the Group’s Financial Statements. Management 
prepares a detailed report for consideration and 
challenge by the Committee and the external 
auditor, supported by cash flow projections 
for the Group derived from the corporate cash 
flow model developed by management. The 
main assumptions made in the 2021 year-end 
cash flow forecasts which support the going 
concern basis were operational and production 
performance and oil price; which in turn support 
the conclusion that the remaining Convertible 
Bond debt can be repaid in July 2022 in full. 
These key judgements and estimates made by 
management were challenged and assessed by 
the committee. The Committee was satisfied 
that under the base case presented the Group 
would be able to continue in operational 
existence throughout the going concern period. 
The Committee has reviewed the going concern 
statement on pages 20 and 21 and concluded it 
was fair and balanced. 
ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
46
New accounting issues 
arising in the year
Re-assessment of the Aoka Mizu 
FPSO lease term
The Committee received a paper from 
management outlining the accounting 
implications under IFRS 16 following the Group’s 
decision not to exercise its option to extend 
the Bareboat Charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO 
for a period of three years from June 2022 to 
June 2025. The Committee noted that due to 
the previous impairment to the right-of-use 
asset, the reduction in lease term gave rise 
to a gain in the Income Statement, and that, 
due to the remaining length of the lease the 
impact of the discount rate to the calculations 
was immaterial. The Committee agreed with 
management that, at the balance sheet date, 
the requirements to further re-assess the lease 
term based on proposed extension terms had not 
been met and therefore no further adjustments 
were required. 
Repurchase of Convertible Bonds
The Committee received a paper from 
management outlining the accounting for the 
repurchase and cancellation of a significant 
proportion of the Group’s Convertible Bonds 
at a discount. The Committee agreed with 
management’s treatment of the transaction 
and application of the derecognition criteria 
under IFRS 9, the substance of the underlying 
calculations, and the presentation and disclosure 
of the amounts within the Financial Statements.
Recurring accounting issues
Impairment assessment of oil and 
gas assets
The Committee agreed with management that 
sufficient impairment triggers had arisen that 
required an impairment test of the Lancaster 
oil and gas assets under IAS 36 Impairment 
of Assets. Management presented to the 
Committee cash flow forecasts, including 
various risks and sensitivities, supported by 
oil production. It also examined the discount 
rate used by management to discount the 
cash flows to present value and concluded 
that the rate was appropriate. The Committee 
challenged management’s methodology, 
and were satisfied that no impairment was 
necessary; and also that there was not 
sufficient indicators to support a reversal of 
previous impairments.
Recoverability and impairment of 
exploration and evaluation (E&E) assets
The Committee reviewed management’s 
accounting paper on the matter, and reviewed 
and considered the status of each E&E asset, 
including likelihood of exploration licences 
being renewed upon expiry, future plans for 
drilling and other technical work, and the 
availability of funding for these activities, 
including the status of the Group’s joint venture 
partner and the obligation to drill a well on 
the P1368(S) licence by 30 June 2022. The 
Committee agreed with management that, at 
the balance sheet date, on balance it was likely 
the P1368(S) licence would be surrendered 
and as such the carrying value of capitalised 
exploration and evaluation expenditure 
attributable to this licence should be fully impaired.
Other financial reporting matters
The Committee also considered other 
judgements and areas of estimation that 
had an impact on the Financial Statements; 
the disclosure and application of accounting 
policy around tax R&D credits, alternative 
performance measures; recognition and 
measurement of deferred tax assets; the 
assumptions used in determining the valuation 
of the Convertible Bond; and the estimates and 
assumptions used in calculating decommissioning 
provisions. The Committee agreed with 
management’s treatment in each case. 
Internal control and risk 
management
The Board (operating through its delegation 
to the Committee) recognises that it has 
ultimate responsibility for the Group’s system 
of internal control and ensures that it maintains 
a sound system of internal control to safeguard 
shareholders’ investment and the Group’s 
assets. No system of internal control can 
provide absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. Instead, the Company 
operates a system which is designed to manage 
rather than to eliminate the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives and to provide the 
Board with reasonable assurance that problems 
are identified on a timely basis and dealt 
with appropriately.
The Company follows a process of identifying, 
assessing and managing the significant risks 
faced by the Group as a whole. The key aspects 
of this process are summarised as follows:
The Board and management
The Company carries out a comprehensive 
budgeting and planning process whereby 
detailed operating budgets for the following 
financial year are prepared by management 
for approval by the Board. The day-to-day 
management is undertaken by the senior 
management of the Group who have the 
responsibility for providing visible leadership 
and ensuring that risk management is integrated 
into all operations and functions.
Organisational structure and 
authorisation procedure
The Company has an established organisation 
structure with clearly stated delegated 
responsibility and reporting. Authorisation 
procedures in respect of matters such as 
capital expenditure, acquisitions, investments 
and treasury transactions are clearly defined 
and communicated.
Risk assessment
In reviewing the effectiveness of the system of 
internal control, the Board first considers the 
risk management system and all aspects of risks 
which include strategic, financial, operational 
and compliance risks. It then considers whether 
the key controls designed to mitigate these risks 
are working as intended.
The corporate risk register (the “Register”) provides 
a consistent method for managing and reporting 
risks across the Group and ensures that significant 
risks are understood and visible to senior 
management, as well as to the Board. The Register 
sets out the top risks as defined by management. 
The Register, which also sets out mitigating 
controls and actions, has been reviewed and 
assessed by the Committee and the Board. 
During the year, the Committee and the Board 
carried out a review of the Company’s Register 
to ensure that it accurately reflects the risks 
faced by the Company in this new phase of its 
life. The Committee, in the review of the Register, 
also recognised the risks surrounding the potential 
impact of climate change and energy transition. 
A summary of the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group, and how the risks have changed 
in the period, as well as the procedures in 
place to identify emerging risks, is provided on 
pages 22 to 30.
The process put in place by the Group to 
address financial and liquidity risk is described 
in the Principal Risks and Going Concern and 
the Group’s longer term prospects sections of 
the Strategic Report. In line with best practice, 
the process for identifying, monitoring and 
reporting risks is reviewed regularly by the 
Board based on the recommendations of the 
committee. The process described has been in 
place for the year under review and up to the 
date of the approval of this Annual Report and 
Group Financial Statements.
Financial and management reporting
The financial results of the business are reported 
to the Board on a regular basis and monitored 
against budget and latest forecasts. The controls 
that support the Group’s financial reporting 
procedures are considered as part of the 
Group’s ongoing risk assessment process and are 
reviewed for effectiveness by the Committee.
Audit and Risk Committee Chair’s Report continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
47
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Reviewing and monitoring the 
effectiveness of internal controls
The internal control framework is based on the 
Board’s assessment of risk. The effectiveness 
of the internal control system is monitored 
by executive management. All exceptions are 
reported and reviewed by the Committee. At 
its October 2021 meeting, it was agreed that 
there should be a further external review of 
the Company’s key internal financial controls 
to be undertaken by Grant Thornton, who had 
previously undertaken such a review in 2020. 
This was conducted in the fourth quarter 
of 2021, with the outcome reported to the 
Committee at its April 2022 meeting. 
The review concluded that there were well-
designed and operated financial controls in 
place, and that priority findings raised in the 2020 
review had been addressed by management. 
The 2021 review identified some areas which it 
recommended should be strengthened, and work is 
underway to address these, taking into account the 
changes in headcount and activity of the Company 
over the period and expectations for the future.
Internal audit
Due to the relative simplicity of the 
Company’s business, and the number of 
full-time employees, it has not historically 
been considered necessary to have a separate 
internal audit function in order to provide the 
Board with assurance on controls and risks. 
During the year, the Committee reviewed 
again the need for an internal audit function. 
Due to the Company’s situation and the 
additional assurance support provided by Grant 
Thornton referred to above, the Committee 
recommended to the Board that the lack of 
internal audit does not impact the Company’s 
assurance workstream and the work of the 
external auditor and therefore a separate 
internal audit function is not yet needed. 
The Committee believes that adequate internal 
assurance exists regarding internal controls 
and their effectiveness, including reliance on 
the structured annual external reviews being 
undertaken as outlined above. 
External auditor
The Committee regularly monitors and 
approves the services provided to the Group 
by its external auditor (PKF Littlejohn LLP). 
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
external audit process is usually carried out 
annually, taking into account the views of 
the relevant senior management and the 
Committee members. During the year in review, 
this evaluation took the form of formal and 
informal feedback from senior management, 
Committee members and the CFO. The conclusion 
of the evaluations was that the process was 
effective and areas for improvement were 
discussed with the external auditor to continually 
enhance the effectiveness of the audit process 
in future years. 
The Committee maintains an ongoing oversight 
of the external audit appointment. At the AGM 
shareholders are requested to authorise the 
directors to appoint and agree the remuneration 
of the external auditor.
Deloitte LLP was first appointed as the external 
auditor in August 2010 following a tender 
process. Following the shareholder vote against 
re-appointment of Deloitte LLP in June 2021, 
the Company appointed PKF Littlejohn LLP 
as its new external auditor in August 2021 
(see above). Going forward, the Committee 
will consider the provisions of the Statutory 
Audit Services for Large Companies Market 
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive 
Tender Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014 which require 
entities listed on regulated markets to carry out 
a competitive tender at least every ten years. 
The lead audit partner is Joseph Archer, whose 
audit of the 2021 Annual Report and Financial 
Statements will be the first year in that role. 
The Committee believes the independence 
and objectivity of the external auditor and 
the effectiveness of the audit process remain 
strong. In accordance with the Companies Act 
2006, a resolution to re-appoint PKF Littlejohn 
LLP will be proposed at the next AGM.
Non-audit fees
During the year, the fees payable to the current 
auditor for non-audit-related services were 
$25,000, with fees payable to the current 
auditor for audit services of $143,000. The 
non‑audit services related to the interim 
financial statements half year review. Further 
details of the fees for audit and non-audit 
services provided by the external auditors 
are disclosed in note 7.1 to the consolidated 
Financial Statements.
The Committee recognises that, for smaller 
companies, it is cost effective to procure 
certain non-audit services from the external 
auditor but there is a need to ensure that 
provision of such services does not impair, or 
appear to impair, the auditor’s independence or 
objectivity. The Company’s non-audit services 
policy formalises this arrangement, whereby 
the committee has pre-approved the external 
auditor to provide certain permitted services 
providing that the fees do not individually 
or cumulatively exceed $30,000 and are not 
subject to contingent fee arrangements. 
All other non-audit services are subject to 
individual approval from the Committee. The 
Committee was satisfied throughout the year 
that Deloitte LLP’s and PKF’s objectivity and 
independence were in no way impaired by 
the nature of non-audit work undertaken or 
other factors including the level of non-audit 
fees charged.
Effectiveness
An evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
Committee under its previous composition was 
conducted via an external evaluation process, 
in February 2021 with the results reported to 
the Board. This process concluded that the 
Committee had continued to function well in 
2020-2021 and was effective in terms of its 
focus, expertise and use of time and that it 
had been provided with sufficient resources 
to carry out its duties. It is intended that future 
reviews are undertaken to provide assurance 
that the Committee remains effective and 
any future recommendations and feedback 
will be disclosed in future Annual Reports as 
appropriate.
Philip Wolfe
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
27 April 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
48
Nominations Committee Chair’s Report
During the first half of the year some 29% of 
Board positions were held by women, close to 
compliance with Hampton-Alexander Review 
FTSE 350 targets. However, for the remainder 
of the year this ratio was impacted by the 
resignation of all Non-Executive Directors on 
29 June 2021 and the subsequent appointment 
of the Shareholder Nominated Directors. The 
Company and the work of the Nominations 
Committee remain committed to and support 
the principles of promoting diversity in the widest 
sense and fully support the aspirations set out in 
the Davies Report regarding ‘Women on Boards’. 
When seeking to appoint any new director to 
the Board, notwithstanding the foregoing, all 
Board appointments will be made on merit.
Hurricane also continues to work towards 
gender diversity in the broader leadership team. 
For the year ending 31 December 2021, the 
percentage of women in senior management 
(reporting directly to the Executive 
Directors) was 29%. 
Board succession planning
The Committee began the year by considering 
the results of the independent Board Evaluation 
report carried out by an external facilitator, 
The Effective Board LLP (“TEB”). This report 
reviewed Board competencies and behaviours, 
alignment with corporate strategy and desired 
“tone from the top”. Executive and senior 
employee succession and talent management 
was considered, and recommendations made 
to the Board.
When the Shareholder Nominated 
Non‑Executive Directors were appointed to the 
Board on 29 June 2021 the Board commenced 
its search for a further independent 
Non‑Executive Director, completing one phase 
of its search and selection process with the 
appointment of Philip Wolfe in October 2021. 
Meeting attendance
The Committee formally met twice during 
the year under review. Attendance of the 
Committee members is shown below. When 
members are unable to attend the meeting, 
they provide feedback to the Chair on the 
matters discussed in advance of the meeting. 
Other Non-Executive Directors and the General 
Counsel and Company Secretary are regularly 
in attendance at the meetings.
Meetings held during the year in review
2
Meeting attendance in 2021
Name
Attendance 1
Independence
Steven McTiernan1
 
 
Yes
John van der Welle1
 
Yes
John Wright2
—
No
David Craik2
—
No
Philip Wolfe2
—
Yes
Having assumed the role of Chairman 
I am pleased to present the Report of 
the Nominations Committee for the year 
ended 31 December 2021. 
The Company through the Nominations 
Committee continues to reinforce its commitment 
to appointing and developing its leadership team 
to effectively manage the Company’s assets and 
adapt strategy in light of significantly changed 
technical understanding and volatile economic 
and financial conditions during the year 
Principal responsibilities 
of the Committee:
	5 monitoring the structure, size, and 
composition of the Board as whole and the 
committees, making recommendations for 
changes as may be necessary to achieve 
an appropriate balance of experience, 
independence and diversity;
	5 considering succession planning for 
Directors and other senior executives, taking 
into account length of service, evolving 
challenges and opportunities facing the 
Group, and the skills and expertise required;
	5 identifying and nominating candidates 
for appointment as Directors, ensuring 
rigorous and transparent selection and 
appraisal procedures, with the ultimate 
appointment of directors made by the 
Board based on the recommendations 
of the Committee; and
	5 commissioning a Board performance evaluation 
process annually, reviewing the results and 
making recommendations therefrom.
The terms of reference for the Nominations 
Committee, which are reviewed annually 
and approved by the Board, are available 
on the Company’s website at 
www.hurricaneenergy.com.
Code compliance and diversity
Earlier in the year under the Chairmanship of 
Steven McTiernan the Company reported on 
a voluntary basis against the provisions of the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and until 
29 June 2021 met the Provision 17 of the 2018 
Code, whereby the Committee should consist of 
a majority of independent directors. Following 
the resignation of all of the Non-Executive 
Directors on 29 June 2021 and the subsequent 
appointment of the two Shareholder 
Nominated Non-Executive Directors on 29 June 
2021, the Committee was not independent. The 
Company adopted the QCA Code in September 
2021 and the balance of the committee 
remains without independence until further 
independent Non‑Executives are recruited.
Philip Wolfe
Nominations Committee Chair
March 2021
	5 Considered results of external Board 
Evaluation, and actions required based 
on identified issues.
	5 Board skills/competence matrices 
review and alignment with 
corporate strategy.
	5 Reviewed executive and senior 
employee succession and talent 
management.
	5 Annual review of Committee Terms 
of Reference.
April/May 2021
	5 Considered and approved the 
Nominations Committee Report within 
the Corporate Governance Section of 
the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts.
July–Oct 2021
	5 Shortlisted, interviewed and 
recommended a shortlist of candidates 
for independent Non‑Executive role.
Note:
1.	 At the start of the year, membership of the 
Nominations Committee included Steven 
McTiernan (Chair), and John van der Welle.
2.	 From July 2021 no formal Committee meetings 
were held, the work of the Committee was 
contained within regular Board meetings.
Evaluation of the 
Committee’s performance
In the early part of 2021 an evaluation was 
carried out by an external facilitator, TEB. Board 
members were interviewed by TEB to discuss 
the effectiveness of the Committee. From the 
responses provided, it was confirmed that the 
Committee, and other Board members who are not 
members of the Committee but had participated 
in meetings, felt that the Committee was fulfilling 
its terms of reference effectively. A review of 
the effectiveness of the current committee has 
commenced and upon completion in mid 2022, 
a relevant disclosure will be made as appropriate.
Appointment and 
re‑appointment review
For the 2022 AGM, all three directors appointed 
within the year will submit themselves for 
election, as well as Juan Morera who was 
appointed to the Board in March 2022 post the 
end of the financial year, in addition Antony 
Maris will retire by rotation and submit himself 
for re-election. Non-Executive Directors are 
normally appointed for an initial term of three 
years, which is reviewed and may be extended 
by two or more further three-year terms. 
Biographical details of all directors can be found 
on pages 34 and 35.
Philip Wolfe 
Nominations Committee Chair
27 April 2022
ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
49
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Hurricane’s Remuneration Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2021 is outlined below 
and is split into:
	5 this Annual Statement on Remuneration;
	5 the Annual Remuneration Report; and
	5 the Remuneration Policy.
The Board remains committed to transparency 
and, through this report, aims to continue 
to provide information to shareholders and 
other stakeholders about the details of 
Hurricane’s remuneration policies and how 
they underpin the Group’s operations and 
strategy. This Annual Statement gives an 
overview of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy; 
how it was implemented in the year under 
review (2021); how we plan to implement it 
in 2022; and a summary of the key activities 
of the Remuneration Committee during the 
reporting year.
Committee compliance
In the first part of the year the Committee 
reported against the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, however as announced 
in September 2021 the Company has now 
aligned its reporting to the QCA Code which 
it believes to be more appropriate to the 
Company’s scope and scale of operations 
going forward. From 1 January to 29 June 2021 
Sandy Shaw (an independent Non-Executive) 
held the Committee Chair and Dr David Jenkins 
and John van der Welle (two independent 
Non‑Executive Directors) served as members 
of the Committee. From July to December 2021 
John Wright and David Craik (two Shareholder 
Nominated Directors) served as members. Philip 
Wolfe, an independent Non-Executive Director 
joined the committee upon his appointment 
in October 2021 and chaired the Committee 
until the year end. In February 2022 Philip 
stepped up to become Chairman of Hurricane 
Energy plc and John Wright was appointed the 
Committee Chair.
John Wright
Remuneration Committee Chair
January 2021
	5 Reviewed the Group Remuneration 
Policy for the previous year.
	5 Discussed the achievement of bonus 
targets for the previous year.
	5 Discussed the bonus targets for 
the 2021 annual bonus scheme 
Performance Measure scorecard 
metrics.
	5 Reviewed the annual operation of 
SIP and the Performance Share Plan 
(PSP) and paused awards under these 
schemes.
	5 Reviewed the results from the internal 
evaluation of the Committee.
May 2021
	5 Approved the bonus targets for 
the 2021 annual bonus scheme 
Performance Measure scorecard 
metrics.
	5 Approved the 2021 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.
November 2021
	5 Reviewed the Remuneration Policy 
underpinning Group strategy. 
	5 Reviewed and approved the 
introduction of a discretionary 
Retention Payment Scheme for 
Executive Directors and employees.
ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
Hurricane’s current Remuneration Policy is 
structured to link rewards to the delivery 
of short-term Performance Measures and 
long-term Milestones. During the year, given 
the planned financial restructuring, the 
committee were due to review the Company’s 
remuneration philosophy and structure in light 
of the Company’s objectives, strategy and plans 
and ensure the Remuneration Policy aligns and 
supports the strategic direction of the business. 
The PSP and the VCP schemes, based on the 
same milestones and hurdles did not vest in 
the year and the Committee commenced its 
work on exploring policies to incentivise and 
retain staff.
Evaluation of the Committee’s 
performance
In the early part of 2021 an evaluation was 
carried out by an external facilitator, TEB. 
Committee members were interviewed by TEB 
to discuss the effectiveness of the committee. 
From the responses provided, it was confirmed 
that the committee, and other Board members 
who are not members of the committee but 
had participated in meetings, felt that the 
committee was fulfilling its terms of reference 
effectively. A review of the effectiveness of the 
current committee has commenced and upon 
completion in mid-2022, a relevant disclosure 
will be made as appropriate.
Shareholder engagement 
during the year
The Committee continually works to ensure 
that our core values are embedded within 
the individual’s performance criteria. The 
Board has always sought to ensure that 
incentive structures help deliver shareholder 
objectives and has been committed to open 
and constructive dialogue with shareholders 
on appropriate mechanisms to achieve this. 
The Board and Committee remain committed 
to dialogue with its shareholders and other 
stakeholders on all matters, including 
remuneration as appropriate.
Bringing our workforce  
on the journey with us
The Board seeks to ensure that the Company’s 
incentive structures support the delivery 
of stakeholder objectives and aligns with 
Company culture. To achieve this, the Board 
and Committee remain committed to engaging 
in open and constructive dialogue with both 
employees and shareholders on appropriate 
mechanisms to achieve this. 
During the early part of the year (in line with 
the requirements of the 2018 Code) to ‘gather 
the views of the workforce’, during the year, 
and recognising the constraints of COVID-19 
in regard to face-to-face meetings, Sandy Shaw 
informally engaged with and met staff via 
video call. During those meetings, there was an 
opportunity to talk about staff welfare, working 
practices, support and the Company. Since 
July 2021 during the transitional phase of the 
Company all workforce engagement has been 
carried out by regular management updates 
and Townhall style briefings and meetings led 
by the CEO and CFO and senior executives.
John Wright
Remuneration Committee Chair
27 April 2022

Hurricane Energy plc
50
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
50
Remuneration Committee 
composition
From January to June 2021 the Remuneration 
Committee was chaired by Sandy Shaw and had 
two further independent Non‑Executive Directors, 
Dr David Jenkins and John van der Welle. 
The Committee’s composition during the 
early part of the year conformed to the 
Code provisions. From 29 July 2021 John 
Wright and David Craik were members of the 
Committee and from 14 October 2021 Philip 
Wolfe an independent Non-Executive Director 
joined the Committee as Chair. Following the 
year end of the financial year Philip Wolfe 
on 8 February 2022 assumed the role of 
company Chairman and stepped down as 
Committee chair and John Wright became the 
Committee chair. 
The Company Secretary services the 
Committee as required by the Chair 
of the Committee.
Meetings and Membership
Meeting attendance in 2021
Name
Attendance 1
Independence
Sandy Shaw2
 
Yes
Dr David Jenkins2
 
Yes
John van der 
Welle2
 
Yes
John Wright3
 
No
David Craik3
 
No
Philip Wolfe4
 
Yes
Notes:
1.	 Three meetings were held during the year in review.
2.	 Attendance until their resignations on 29 June 2021.
3.	 Attendance following appointments on  
29 June 2021. 
4.	 Attendance following appointment on  
14 October 2021.
The Committee held three scheduled meetings 
during the year under review as well as ad hoc 
telephone conferences. The attendance of the 
Committee members is shown above. Members 
of the Committee, during the year under review, 
consulted with all relevant parties internally, and 
the relevant Executive Directors were invited 
to attend Committee meetings as appropriate. 
No individual was present during discussions 
relating to his or her own remuneration
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Annual Report on Remuneration 
Role
The Committee’s primary objectives are to:
	5 ensure that reward packages (including 
salary, benefits, bonus and pension 
entitlements, and participation in share 
and other incentive schemes) for Executive 
Directors and key senior management are 
competitive in order to recruit, attract and 
retain the best talents to deliver the Group’s 
strategic priorities; 
	5 ensure that these reward packages are 
directly linked to the achievement of 
performance targets in pursuit of the 
strategy; and 
	5 align the interests of the directors with 
those of shareholders and stakeholders.
The committee determines the framework and 
policy for the remuneration of the Executive 
Directors and is responsible for reviewing them 
annually for appropriateness and relevance. 
It is also responsible for determining the 
specific elements of the Executive Directors’, 
and senior managers’ (including the Company 
Secretary’s), remuneration, their contractual 
terms and their compensation arrangements. 
The committee also reviews the framework and 
policy for remuneration for all staff to ensure 
that it is fairly and appropriately administered 
and ensures the alignment of incentives and 
rewards with culture, taking these into account 
when setting the policy for Executive Director 
remuneration. The staff bonus ‘pool’ depends 
on corporate performance against performance 
targets in pursuit of strategy and, allocation is 
undertaken by the Executive Directors against 
staff performance appraisals. In recognition 
of a very challenging year bonus payments 
were agreed by the Committee and awarded to 
employees and to the Executive Directors who 
received an 11% cash bonus award. 
Committee terms of reference
As part of its annual review process, the 
Committee reviews its terms of reference and 
makes recommendations to the Board for 
approval. The terms of reference explain the 
Committee’s role and the authority delegated 
to it. The Committee’s terms of reference were 
last reviewed on 15 January 2021 to ensure 
that they continue to be fit for purpose for 
the Company. A copy of the revised terms of 
reference can be found on Hurricane’s website 
at www.hurricaneenergy.com. The Committee 
recognises the importance of ensuring that all 
Board members are aware of the Committee’s 
activities and the Committee Chair reports back 
to the Board after each meeting.
Independent advisers
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) were the 
Remuneration Committee’s independent 
remuneration adviser. During the year, advice 
was given on the executive remuneration and 
bonus payment by PwC and by Dentons. Both 
PwC and Dentons are independent of the 
Company and each of its directors. 
The Committee received advice from PwC 
on remuneration-related matters including the 
Policy review, the benchmarking exercise on 
the remuneration of the Executive Directors 
and the other consultancy advice received. 
PwC received total fees (based on hours spent) 
of £52,000. The Committee remains satisfied 
that the advice it received in the year was 
independent and objective. PwC is a founding 
member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and voluntarily operates under its Code 
of Conduct in its dealings with the Committee.
Payment for 
remuneration advisers
Amounts
Amounts
paid 2021
paid 2020 
Entity
£’000
£’000
PwC
25
52
Dentons
1
22
Total
26
74

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
51
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
51
Implementing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2021 and 2022
Performance Measures are determined by the Committee each year and may vary to ensure that they promote the Company’s business strategy and 
shareholder and stakeholder value. The Committee always ensures it takes into consideration the complexity of the business, market and economic 
competitiveness, the increased responsibilities of the Executive Directors and the salary levels for the wider workforce when setting the remuneration 
of the Executive Directors. During 2021, the remuneration packages for Executive Directors consisted of a base salary, benefits (such as pension, private 
medical and dental cover), and participation in a discretionary retention payment scheme and a cash bonus award. The Company’s long-term incentive 
plans (the VCP and PSP) awards lapsed during the year, furthermore there was no annual participation in the Company’s SIP. 
How we implemented
Policy area
Opportunity
the Policy during the year
How we plan to implement the Policy in 2022
Retention Payment  
Scheme
A discretionary cash 
retention payment, payable 
in arrears at the end of each 
relevant quarter. It is subject 
to malus and clawback 
conditions.
The retention payment scheme can 
be withdrawn at the Company’s 
discretion giving 3 months’ notice.
For the year in review, the first 
quarter of the retention 
payment scheme commenced 
on 1 November 2021. For the 
executives the quarterly 
payment was calculated as 33% 
of the base salary paid during 
the quarter.
The committee will continue to review 
the scheme during the year in line with 
the business and strategic direction and 
in conjunction with any proposed 
shared-based incentive plans. 
Annual bonus
The performance measures 
and targets for the annual 
bonus are selected annually 
to align with the business 
strategy and the key drivers 
of performance set under 
the regulatory framework. 
Malus and clawback 
provisions apply.
Any bonus awarded to the executives 
is entirely discretionary and may at 
the Company’s discretion be paid 
to the executive as a combination 
of shares and cash.
For the year in review, there was 
a cash bonus award made 
to the executives of 
approximately 11% of base 
salary.
The committee will continue to 
review the policy (including the bonus 
opportunity) during the year in line 
with the business and strategic direction. 
When determining the outcomes for 
bonuses, if and where appropriate, the 
committee will use its discretion to make 
any adjustments necessary to ensure the 
outcomes are fair and reasonable in light 
of the Company’s performance.
Share-based incentive 
plans
VCP, PSP and SIP.
The VCP is a long-term scheme, 
incentivising achievement of the 
Company’s strategy, only paying out 
after five years or earlier upon a 
maturity event. The 2017 PSP is a 
scheme for staff, based on parallel 
performance metrics to the VCP. The 
SIP, which is open to all employees, 
encourages and deepens share 
ownership by employees.
The directors did not 
participate in an LTIP during 
the year and the SIP scheme 
did not operate in 2021.
No VCP awards vest if Milestones and 
share price hurdles are not met. The VCP 
and 2017 PSP did not vest on its maturity 
in November 2021. To date in 2022 the 
SIP has not operated. The committee 
continues to consider the appropriate 
remuneration and retention tools for 
Executive Directors and key employees. 
This will be included in a new Policy 
when finalised.
Salary
The Committee ensures it takes into consideration the complexity of the business, market and economic competitiveness, the increased responsibilities 
of the Executive Directors and the salary levels for the wider workforce when setting the remuneration of the Executive Directors. There will be no 
changes to other benefits nor pension arrangements over this period. See page 53 for more information of the remuneration received by the Executive 
Directors during the year.
Amounts
Annual salary
paid in 2021
for 2022 
Current directors
£’000
£’000
Antony Maris
325
338
Richard Chaffe
270
281
A detailed table of remuneration for all directors (single figure remuneration) is outlined on page 53.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
52
Benefits and pension
Hurricane offers a typical voluntary package of 
benefits to directors and employees including 
optional enrolment in healthcare, dental and 
travel insurance, death in service and recently 
critical illness plans. There is no difference 
in the benefit package between directors 
and employees.
Hurricane operates an auto-enrolled workplace 
pension scheme for all employees, including 
Executive Directors, and contributes up to 10% 
of employees’ salaries, provided employees 
make a 4% contribution. In line with our 
policies, to the extent that an employee or 
director exceeds their annual allowance or 
lifetime allowance, they are eligible to receive 
a cash allowance in lieu of pension. There is 
no variation between directors and employees 
regarding pension arrangements.
In 2021, Hurricane contributed to the workplace 
personal pension schemes for all employees. 
Executive Directors received a cash allowance 
in lieu of pension.
Performance Measures for annual 
bonus award in respect of 2021
2022 performance measures 
and targets
Annual performance continues to be measured 
against a set of agreed key corporate 
performance measures, which included 
aspects of ESG and also personal targets. The 
performance measures for 2022 are contingent 
on the outcome of being able to repay the 
outstanding bonds in full in July 2022 and 
subsequently holding a significant amount 
of surplus cash, as well as supporting measures 
which continue to maximise cashflows from 
the existing Lancaster infrastructure while 
at the time identifying the best investments 
opportunities either within our existing assets, 
in new assets, or both. Notwithstanding, the 
Company’s KPIs continue to be anchored by a 
focus on safe and responsible working practices.
Payments for loss of office 
(audited information)
The Company announced the departure of 
Alistair Stobie on 27 February 2020 and Robert 
Trice on 8 June 2020, both of which were by 
mutual agreement. Remuneration payments 
following their departure was determined 
by the Remuneration Committee taking into 
account contractual entitlements, the rules 
of the Company’s incentive plans and the 
Company’s Remuneration Policy. To provide 
support to Richard Chaffe and Beverley Smith, 
if required, during their Management transition, 
Alistair Stobie remained employed by the 
Group during his notice period until 30 April 
2020, whilst Robert Trice remained employed 
during his notice period until 8 December 2020. 
During this period of employment, their salaries, 
pensions and benefits continued to be paid as 
usual. In total during this period, Alistair Stobie 
received two months’ salary of £59,000, £5,000 
of pensions and £3,000 worth of benefits. 
Robert Trice received six months’ salary of 
£214,000, £19,000 of pensions and £1,000 worth 
of benefits.
Having ceased employment, the former 
Directors received a payment in lieu of notice 
(PILON) in respect of salary and benefits for the 
unexpired period of their notice. These PILON 
payments were £268,000 to Alistair Stobie 
and £213,000 to Robert Trice and were paid 
in monthly instalments, subject to mitigation. 
Alistair Stobie and Robert Trice also received 
£86,000 and £89,000 settlement payments 
respectively which were subject to the material 
conditions of their settlement agreements. The 
Company paid for the former Directors’ legal 
advice in relation to their departure. 
Alistair Stobie and Robert Trice were not eligible 
to participate in the annual bonus plan for 2020 
nor 2021. Alistair Stobie and Robert Trice are 
participants in the Company’s VCP scheme and 
were treated as good leavers under the VCP. 
The VCP scheme did not vest in November 
2021. Robert Trice held 225,000 share options 
as at the date of his departure. The share 
options did not reach the relevant hurdle point 
of £1.00 and lapsed on 31 December 2020.
Payments to past directors
There were no payments made in 2021 to past 
directors other than those disclosed above.
Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board, taking into account the time commitment required, the responsibilities 
assumed and comparative market rates. No director plays a part in any discussion about their own remuneration. No changes were made during the year 
to the Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment. Beverley Smith received a temporary employment contract for her role as Interim CEO in 2020. 
The terms of the employment contract ceased when she returned to her Non-Executive role. Fee arrangements for Non-Executive Directors are set 
out below. Details of the directors’ remuneration in 2021 are set out in the directors’ remuneration table below. No other changes are proposed to the 
Company’s overall approach to the payment of fees to Non-Executive Directors.
Current fees payable to Non-Executive Directors1
Annual fee (Chairman)1
£90,000
Annual fee (Non-Executive Director)
£60,000
Additional annual fee (Senior Independent Director)
£10,000
Additional annual fee (Audit and Risk Committee Chair)
£10,000
Additional annual fee (Remuneration Committee Chair)
£10,000
Additional annual fee (Nominations Committee Chair)
£10,000
Additional annual fee (ESG Committee Chair)
£10,000 
Additional annual fee (Technical Committee Chair)
£10,000 
Note:
1.	 As the Chairman of the Company fulfils the role of Chair of the Nominations Committee, the additional fee of £10,000 is not included in the Chairman’s remuneration. 
At the beginning of the year the Annual Fee for the Chairman was £150,000 which was reduced to £90,000 on 29 June 2021 when John Wright assumed the role of 
Interim Chairman.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
53
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors’ single figure remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2021 (audited information)
Fixed pay
Variable pay
Total
fixed and
 variable
pay
£’000
Base
salary/fee
£’000
Taxable
benefits1
£’000
Pension
contributions
and payments
in lieu of
pensions
£’000
Retention
payment 2
£’000
Total
fixed pay
£’000
Bonus
Other
Total
variable
pay
£’000
Cash
£’000
Shares
£’000
LTIP 8
£’000
SIP
£’000
Year ended 31 
December 2021
Antony Maris
325
2
33
18
378  
37
—
—
— 
37
415
Richard Chaffe
270
5
27
15
317  
31
—
—
—
31
348
Steven McTiernan3,4
112
—
—
—
112  
—
—
—
—
—
112
Dr David Jenkins3
52
—
—
—
52
—
—
—
—
—
52
John van der Welle3
53
—
—
—
53
—
—
—
—
—
53
Sandy Shaw3
61
—
—
—
61  
—
—
—
—
—
61
Beverley Smith3
55
—
—
—
55  
—
—
—
—
—
55
David Craik5
35
—
—
—
35  
—
—
—
—
—
35
John Wright6
45
—
—
—
45  
—
—
—
—
—
45
Philip Wolfe7
17
—
—
—
17
—
—
—
—
—
17
1,025 
7 
60
33
1,125
68
—
—
—
68
1,193
Notes:
1.	 Taxable benefits include a voluntary package of benefits to Executive Directors including optional enrolment in healthcare, dental, travel insurance and critical illness cover. 
2.	 Under the discretionary retention payments scheme, in place for all employees and Executive Directors, a discretionary cash retention payment is payable in arrears at the 
end of each relevant quarter, the first quarter commencing on 1 November 2021. It is subject to malus and clawback conditions.
3.	 The total base salary for these Non-Executive Directors reflects their time in the role up until their resignations effective 29 June 2021. The amounts includes PILON 
payments made of £37,000 to Steven McTiernan, £17,000 to Dr David Jenkins, £17,000 to John van der Welle, £17,000 to Beverly Smith and £20,000 to Sandy Shaw. 
4.	 The annual fee payable to Steven McTiernan as Chairman was £150,000.
5.	 David Craik joined the Board on 29 June 2021 and was appointed Chair of both the ESG and Technical Committees.
6.	 John Wright joined the Board on 29 June 2021 as Interim Chairman. 
7.	 Philip Wolfe joined the Board on 14 October 2021 as Senior Independent Director and was appointed Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.
8.	 Richard Chaffe was the only director participant in LTIPs during the period (being the VCP and 2017 PSP). Richard Chaffe was awarded 40 Growth Shares under the VCP and 
3,230,000 Category A, 2017 PSP shares shortly after he joined the business in 2016. The VCP and PSP schemes lapsed unvested during 2021 as the performance criteria 
were not met.
Fixed pay
Variable pay
Total
fixed and
 variable
pay
£’000
Base
salary/fee
£’000
Taxable
benefits4
£’000
Pension
contributions 
and payments
in lieu of
pensions
£’000
Total
fixed pay
£’000
Bonus
Other
Total
variable
pay
£’000
Cash
£’000
Shares
£’000
LTIP7
£’000
SIP
£’000
Year ended 31 
December 2020
Dr Robert Trice6, 9
185
1
16
202  
—
—
—
— 
—
202
Neil Platt6, 10
176
2
15
193  
—
—
—
7
7
200
Alistair Stobie5
50
—
4
54  
—
—
—
—
—
 54 
Antony Maris
117
—
12
129
—
—
—
—
—
129
Richard Chaffe11
158
3
16
177
—
—
—
—
—
177
Steven McTiernan
150 
—
—
150  
—
—
—
—
—
150
Dr David Jenkins
70 
—
—
70  
—
—
—
—
—
70
John van der Welle
70 
—
—
70  
—
—
—
—
—
70
Roy Kelly1
25
—
—
25  
—
—
—
—
—
25
Sandy Shaw2
71 
—
—
71  
—
—
—
—
—
71
Beverley Smith3
173
—
13
186  
—
—
—
—
—
186
Alan Parsley8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,245
6
76
1,327
—
—
—
7
7
1,334

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
54
Directors’ single figure remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2021 (audited information) continued
Notes:
1.	 Roy Kelly joined on 10 May 2016; 100% of Non-Executive Director fees were paid to Kerogen Capital. On 8 June 2020, the Company announced that Roy Kelly resigned from 
his director role. He was replaced by Dr Alan Parsley. A total fee of £25,000 was paid to Kerogen Capital from January to June 2020.
2.	 Sandy Shaw joined the Board on 3 January 2019 and was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee on 1 April 2019 and was appointed Chair of the ESG Committee 
on 17 November 2020. The November and December remuneration for the role of Chair of the ESG Committee was paid in January 2021.
3.	 Beverley Smith joined the Board on 20 December 2019 and received a pro-rated fee of £1,800. On 8 June 2020, the Company announced that Beverley Smith was 
appointed Interim CEO. She received remuneration of £127,000 for her role as interim CEO from 8 June to 11 September and £46,000 for her role as Non-Executive Director 
from (1 January to 8 June and 11 September to 31 Dec). The remuneration for the role of Chair of the Technical Committee from 11 September 2020 was paid in January 2021.
4.	 Taxable benefits include a voluntary package of benefits to Executive Directors including optional enrolment in healthcare, dental, travel insurance and critical illness cover. 
5.	 The Company announced the resignation of Alistair Stobie from his role as CFO and director of Hurricane Energy plc on 27 February 2020. The total remuneration paid to 
Alistair Stobie during his time as CFO and director of the Company is reflected above. Payments following his stepping down as a director are set out above in the section 
“Payments for loss of office”. The Company’s SIP is subject to standard leaver provisions. Following resignation, Alistair Stobie forfeited a total of 77,009 Matching and Free Shares.
6.	 The bonus paid in 2019 for Dr Robert Trice and Neil Platt were delivered two thirds’ cash and one third in shares (both subject to tax).
7.	 The VCP was implemented in November 2016 when the Group awarded 840 Growth Shares in Hurricane Group Limited (a Group subsidiary) to Executive Directors and 
certain employees. To participate in the VCP, the participants made a one-off contribution and were awarded a total of 840 Growth Shares. Out of the 840 Growth Shares, 
the Executive Directors as at the date of implementation (Dr Robert Trice, Alistair Stobie and Neil Platt) were each awarded 140 Growth Shares. Vesting of the VCP awards 
is dependent on the Group achieving Milestones including exceeding a hurdle of £0.55 per share average price for a three-month period beforehand. Alistair Stobie, Robert 
Trice and Neil Platt’s VCP, upon vesting, will be pro-rated for time in employment. Due to the adverse operational performance from the Lancaster field during 2020, 
coupled with the COVID-19 impact on oil prices, and the proposed financial restructuring, the VCP did not vest on expiry in November 2021.
8.	 Dr Alan Parsley replaced Roy Kelly as the Kerogen Capital representative on the Board. 100% of Non-Executive Director fees were payable to Alan Parsley rather than 
Kerogen Capital. For the periods from appointment to resignation, Alan Parsley waived any fees due.
9.	 The total remuneration paid to Robert Trice during his time as CEO and director of the Company is reflected above. Payments following his stepping down as a director are 
set out above in the section “Payments for loss of office”. The Company’s SIP is subject to standard leaver provisions. Following resignation, Robert Trice forfeited a total 
of 62,317 Matching and Free Shares. The Company at its discretion is able to clawback the 2019 cash bonus and bonus shares up to three years from the date of award.
10.	The total base salary reported for Neil Platt reflects his role as COO from 1 January to 6 July 2020.
11.	Richard Chaffe is currently the only director participant in the VCP and 2017 PSP. Richard Chaffe was awarded 40 Growth Shares under the VCP and 3,230,000 Category A, 
2017 PSP shares shortly after he joined the business in 2016. Due to the adverse operational performance from the Lancaster field during 2020, coupled with the COVID-19 
impact on oil prices, and the failed financial restructuring, the VCP and 2017 PSP did not vest on expiry in November 2021.
Share awards held under long-term incentive plans as at 31 December 2021 (audited information)
There were no share awards held under long term incentive plans as at 31 December 2021.
Share Incentive Plan awards during the year (audited information)
The Company operates a HMRC approved SIP annually to encourage and deepen share ownership in the Company. SIP Share awards are included in 
the table of directors’ interests in Ordinary Shares which can be found in the table below. However in light of the macro economic environment and 
the decline in the Company’s share price in 2020/21, the committee made the decision that it was in the best interest of the staff and the Company 
to temporarily suspend the 2021 SIP operations until there was clarity on the direction of the business.
Directors’ interests in Ordinary Shares (audited information)
All directors are encouraged to hold shares in the Company. A minimum shareholding requirement for Executive Directors of 200% of salary, to be 
achieved within five years, was introduced in March 2019. The requirement can be satisfied using shares vesting from long-term incentives/shares 
awarded as part of a bonus and will be tested by the committee. As a result of the management changes which took place during the year, the five-
year period will begin from the date of their appointment. Further details on the minimum shareholding requirement can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy on page 57. At 31 December 2021, the directors’ interests, all of which were beneficial interests, in the Ordinary Shares of the 
Company (including all SIP Shares held and those of connected persons) were as follows:
Total
Total
SIP Shares in
number
Hurricane
Number
of shares
Energy plc,
of shares
held as at
held by the
held as at
Beneficial holdings
31 Dec 2021
SIP Trustee
31 Dec 2020
Antony Maris
169,084
—
169,084
Richard Chaffe1
140,558
96,261
140,558
David Craik2, 3
188,450
—
—
John Wright2
Nil
—
—
Philip Wolfe2
Nil
—
—
Note:
1.	 The total number of shares for Richard Chaffe includes his 96,261 SIP shares. 
2.	 These Non-Executive Directors joined the business in June 2021 and October 2021 respectively and currently do not hold shares as individuals. John Wright and David Craik 
are Shareholder Nominee appointees for the Crystal Amber Fund Limited (which, as at 31 December 2021, held 574,000,000 shares). 
3.	 David Craik is a Shareholder Nominee appointee for the Crystal Amber Fund Limited and has a beneficial interest in 188,450 shares.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
55
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Vesting of long-term incentive plans
No long-term incentive plan awards vested in 2021. The Group had previously operated the 2013 PSP; however, following the review in 2016, the Group 
introduced the VCP. Employees and Executive Directors receiving awards under the VCP were required to forfeit any 2013 PSP plan awards. Although 
certain VCP Milestones were achieved, the VCP did not vest on maturity in November 2021 and the plan has now lapsed.
Furthermore, no long-term incentive plan awards were granted to the Executive Directors during the financial year in review (2021).
Performance graph
The graph below illustrates the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR) performance, compared with the FTSE AIM All-Share Energy index, since the 
Company’s IPO. The index was selected because it is considered to be an appropriate index for relevant sectoral comparison. The index used for this 
illustration has changed as compared to the prior year, as the comparator previously used (the FTSE AIM Oil & Gas index) no longer exists.
Value of £100 invested at Hurricane IPO
Hurricane Energy
FTSE AIM Energy
Feb-14
Aug-14
Feb-15
Feb-16
Aug-15
Aug-16
Feb-17
Aug-17
Feb-18
Aug-18
Feb-19
Aug-19
Feb20
Aug20
136
68
34
0
170
102
Feb-21
Aug-21
Feb-22
CEO’s remuneration
The single total remuneration figure earned by the Chief Executive Officer in the past five years is shown below. It is presented showing the remuneration 
for Dr Robert Trice during this five-year period and then to Antony Maris who succeeded him as CEO in 2020. 
The single total remuneration figure earned by Antony Maris in 2021 is shown below.
Robert Trice
Percentage of
multi-year awards
Bonus awarded 
vested which could have
Total
as a %
vested from achievement
Salary
remuneration
of salary
of performance targets
£’000
£’000
%
%
2021
— 
— 
— 
— 
2020
185 
202 
— 
— 
2019
400 
604 
40% 
— 
2018
375 
605 
50% 
—
2017
375
572
41%
—
Antony Maris
Percentage of
multi-year awards
Bonus awarded 
vested which could have
Total
as a %
vested from achievement
Salary
remuneration
of salary
of performance targets
£’000
£’000
%
%
2021
325
415
11
—
2020*
117
129
—
—
2019
—
—
—
—
2018
—
—
—
—
2017
—
—
—
—
Note:
*	 Antony Maris joined the business on 21 August 2020. The remuneration reported in 2020 reflects his period of employment as a director of the Company in 2020.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
56
Annual percentage change in remuneration of directors and employees
As required by The Companies (Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report) Regulations 2019, which implement Articles 9a and 
9b of European Directive 2017/828/EC1 (commonly known as the Revised Shareholder Rights Directive or SRD), the table below shows a comparison of 
the annual change of each individual director’s pay to the annual change in average employee pay commencing the year ended 31 December 2021.
Change in pay between the year ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021 
Base salary/fees
% change
Bonus
% change
Benefit
% change
Executive Directors
Antony Maris1
178% 
100% 
100% 
Richard Chaffe1
71% 
100% 
74% 
Non-Executive Directors
Steven McTiernan2
 (25%) 
— 
— 
David Jenkins2
(25%) 
— 
— 
John van der Welle2
(24%) 
— 
— 
Sandy Shaw2
(14%) 
— 
— 
Beverley Smith2
(70%) 
— 
— 
David Craik 
-% 
 
 
John Wright 
-% 
 
 
Philip Wolfe 
-% 
 
 
Average pay of employees
1% 
66% 
(5%)3 
Note:
1.	 The significant increase in Antony Maris and Richard Chaffe’s remuneration in 2021 is as a result of them only being employed as Directors for a portion of 2020 and for the 
entirety of 2021; and no bonus paid to either Director in respect of 2020. 
2.	 The significant decrease in Steven McTiernan, David Jenkins, John van der Welle, Sandy Shaw and Beverly Smith’s remuneration is due to them leaving office on 
29 June 2021. Details about the Board changes in 2021 can be found in the Governance Report on page 40. 
3.	 The reduction in benefits for employees is due to a reduction in premiums not a reduction in benefits provided.
Relative importance of employee pay
Total remuneration
paid to employees
Distributions to shareholders
$’000
% change
$’000
% change
2021
11,713
1%
Nil
—
2020
11,658
(14%)
Nil
—
The Group did not make any distributions to shareholders during the period under review.
Statement of voting
As an AIM-quoted company, Hurricane has not, to date, put its Remuneration Report nor Remuneration Policy to a shareholder vote in a general meeting 
and does not plan to do so at its forthcoming AGM in 2022.
This Remuneration Report was approved by the Board on 27 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
John Wright
Remuneration Committee Chair
27 April 2022
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
57
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors’ Remuneration Policy framework
Following industry practice and best practice corporate governance guidelines, Hurricane’s Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy has been comprised 
of fixed and variable annual compensation to drive delivery of near-term targets, with an additional overarching long-term incentive plan to maintain 
a longer-term focus on generating value for shareholders and stakeholders. A significant proportion of each Director’s total remuneration package is 
structured to link rewards to the attainment of performance targets, both short-term and long-term.
Our Remuneration Policy was materially revised in 2018 to align with best practices in corporate governance and remuneration reporting, including 
the introduction of the following:
	5 a formal recruitment policy for incoming Executive Directors;
	5 clear treatment of leavers on termination of employment;
	5 malus and clawback provisions in the annual bonus; and
	5 alignment between management, shareholder and stakeholder interests through a minimum shareholding requirement for Executive Directors of 
200% of salary, to be achieved within five years. In light of the management changes which took place during the year, the countdown of the five-year 
period will begin from the date of their appointment, so that the hurdle must be met by or before five years’ time i.e. by June and August 2025 for the 
new CFO and CEO respectively. The Committee will keep compliance under review during the period.
Our Policy continues to ensure there are no rewards for failure, by providing clarity around the Committee’s discretion under the Policy. This includes 
committee powers to override formulaic outcomes if pay-outs do not reflect overall business or individual performance, as well as discretion to pay some 
or all of the bonus in shares and/or to require deferral of a portion of the bonus.
Further details of the policy framework is outlined on pages 51 and 52 of the Annual remuneration report.
2021 Remuneration Policy
As an AIM-quoted company, Hurricane’s Remuneration Policy does not require formal shareholder approval. However, the Company has voluntarily opted 
to prepare a Remuneration Policy which materially follows the requirements applicable to UK Premium Listed companies.]
Legacy share awards
There are no legacy share awards. 
Shareholding requirement 
Executive Directors are required to build a minimum shareholding, equivalent in value to 200% of salary, within five years. The requirement can be 
satisfied using shares vesting from long-term incentives and shares purchased on behalf of employees by the Company in lieu of cash bonus. Shares 
purchased by the directors will be monitored by the committee during the period and tested by the committee at the end of the five-year period 
beginning from the date of their appointment. 
Remuneration Committee discretion 
The committee will operate all incentive plans according to the rules and discretions contained therein to ensure that the implementation of the 
Remuneration Policy is fair, both to the individual director, shareholders and stakeholders. The discretions cover aspects such as:
	5 selection of participants;
	5 timing of grant and vesting of awards;
	5 size of awards (subject to the Policy limits);
	5 choice of measures, weightings and targets;
	5 determining level of pay-out or vesting based on an assessment of performance and to override formulaic outcomes where appropriate;
	5 determining whether and, if so, the proportions at which the bonus will be payable in cash, deferred cash, shares or deferred shares and the terms 
applying to such shares and deferrals;
	5 treatment of awards on termination of employment and change of control;
	5 adjustment of awards in certain circumstances, e.g., changes in capital structure;
	5 adjustment of performance conditions in exceptional circumstances; and
	5 application of malus and/or clawback.
Any such use of discretion will be fully disclosed in the subsequent Annual Report.
Remuneration Policy

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
58
Performance Measures and target setting
The committee agrees an annual balanced Corporate scorecard of Performance Measures and target weightings. Performance Measures used under the 
annual bonus and long-term incentives are selected annually to reflect the Group’s main short- and long-term objectives and reflect both financial and 
non-financial priorities, These will typically include a mix of strategic, financial, operational and personal metrics with a link to health, safety and ESG 
performance. Performance Measures are set to be stretching but achievable, taking into account a range of internal and external reference points, having 
regard to the particular strategic priorities and economic environment in a given year. 
Recruitment policy for Executive Directors
In the case of a new externally appointed Executive Director, the Remuneration Committee may make use of all existing components under the 
Remuneration Policy applying to existing Executive Directors, including salary, pension, benefits, annual bonus and SIP awards. The current maximum 
limits under the existing Policy will apply similarly on recruitment, except that the maximum annual bonus opportunity will be pro-rated to reflect the 
proportion of employment during the year. Depending on the timing of appointment, it may be appropriate to operate different Performance Measures 
for the remainder of that bonus period.
Where appropriate and necessary to facilitate the recruitment of an individual, the committee may consider using other remuneration tools and may 
exercise discretion, as appropriate, to make awards using a different structure.
Diversity and inclusion
Hurricane supports and respects the benefits of having diversity within its workforce and further information on Hurricane’s commitment to diversity 
and inclusion can be found in the Nominations Committee Report on page 48 and in the Environmental and Social Governance sections of the 
Strategic Report.
Directors’ service contracts and termination policy
The Executive Directors have rolling-term Service Agreements with the Group. Following a restructure to the Company’s management team, the 
Remuneration Committee recognised the cost of executive exits and as such reduced the executive notice period from 12 months to six months. 
The Committee believe this action is in the best interest of stakeholders and shareholders and supports an agile system of delivering results. 
The notice period for Antony Maris and Richard Chaffe are six months by either party. 
The Group’s policy has therefore been revised to set Executive Director notice periods of up to six months as a maximum. 
The Executive Directors’ Service Agreements each include the ability for the Group, at its discretion, to pay basic salary only in lieu of any unexpired 
period of notice. Payments may be made as either a lump sum or in equal monthly instalments until the end of the notice period at the discretion of 
the Group and Executive Directors will be expected to mitigate their loss. The Executive Director’s entitlement to pay in lieu ceases immediately on 
the date on which the Executive Director accepts an offer of alternative employment or engagement. The Committee will seek to ensure that there 
are no unjustified payments for failure. For the current Executive Directors, where the appointment is terminated by reason of the executive’s death, 
redundancy, injury, ill health or disability, the Executive Director shall be entitled to participate in such bonus scheme arrangements of the Company 
applicable to directors of the Company, in line with the Company’s bonus policy. Any bonus awarded to the executives is entirely discretionary and 
may at the Company’s discretion be paid to the executive as a combination of shares and cash.
The Service Agreements contain provisions enabling the Group to place the Executive Director on gardening leave during the period of notice.
Richard Chaffe agreed to become employee shareholder as he meets the status requirement under Section 205A(1) of the Employment Rights Act 1996, 
relinquishing certain statutory rights in relation to statutory redundancy, unfair dismissal, flexible working, and the right to return to work on eight weeks’ 
notice during adoption leave. 
Date of
Name
Service Agreement
Notice by Group/individual
Antony Maris
21 August 2020
6/6 months
Richard Chaffe
5 June 2020
6/6 months
When considering exit payments, the committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both shareholders and participants. 
The table below summarises how incentive awards are typically treated in specific circumstances. Whilst the Committee retains overall discretion on 
determining good leaver status, it typically defines a good leaver in circumstances such as death, redundancy, injury, ill health or disability, retirement with 
the agreement of the Company and personal circumstances affecting immediate family preventing the individual working for the Company. Other leavers 
may include those leaving employment for any other reason as well as those leaving due to misconduct, wilful failure to perform duties and any action 
that would entitle the Company to terminate employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice:
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Remuneration Policy continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
59
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Component
Good leaver reasons
Other leaver reasons
Change of control
Annual bonus
Paid at the same time as continuing 
employees, to the extent that the 
performance conditions are achieved 
and pro-rating for the proportion of 
the financial year served, unless the 
Committee determines otherwise.
No bonus payable unless the 
Committee determines otherwise 
(as set out above).
Paid immediately on the effective 
date of change of control, subject to 
the achievement of the performance 
conditions and pro-rated for the 
proportion of the year served to the 
date of change of control, unless the 
Committee determines otherwise.
Deferred bonus
Awards continue until the normal 
vesting date or may vest earlier at the 
discretion of the Committee.
Outstanding share awards lapse.
Vests immediately in full on the 
effective date of change of control.
SIP
For all-employee HMRC registered plans, leavers will not be eligible for any further share awards and will be treated in 
accordance with the plan rules approved by HMRC. Any contributions which have not been used to buy Partnership 
Shares will be returned to the individual.
The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments in connection with termination of employment where the payments are made in good 
faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of a compromise or settlement of any 
claim arising in connection with the cessation of a director’s office or employment. Any such payment may include, but is not limited to, paying reasonable 
fees for outplacement assistance and/or the director’s legal or professional advice fees in connection with their cessation of office or employment.
External appointments
The Executive Directors are restricted under the terms of their Service Agreements from assuming any responsibilities or duties in any person without 
written Board consent. The Board may agree to such external appointments at its discretion, provided that any such external appointments do not 
and are unlikely to interfere with the Executive Director’s duties to the Group. The Policy is for the individual to retain any fee earned in relation to 
an external appointment.
Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees and letters of appointment
Fees for the Chairman are determined by the Remuneration Committee, and fees for Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Chairman and 
Executive Directors.
Element
Link to strategy
Operation
Maximum limit
Performance assessment
Fees
To recruit and retain 
Non-Executive 
Directors of a suitable 
calibre for the role and 
duties required.
Fees are normally reviewed annually, taking into account the 
time commitment required, the responsibilities assumed and 
comparative market rates. Fees are paid in monthly instalments 
and may be paid in cash and/or arrangements can be made for 
net cash proceeds after all deductions to be used to purchase 
shares in the Company.
The Chairman receives a total annual fee in respect of Board 
duties. Non-Executive Directors receive an annual Board fee, 
and may receive additional fees for extra responsibilities 
undertaken, such as for chairing a committee or for the role 
of Senior Independent Director. The Company retains the 
flexibility to pay fees for the membership of committees. In 
exceptional circumstances, fees may also be paid for additional 
time spent on the Company’s business outside of normal duties.
Directors will be reimbursed for any reasonable business 
expenses incurred in the course of their duties, including the 
tax payable thereon.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any variable 
remuneration or receive any benefits.
Details of the current 
fee levels are set out 
in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration 
on page 52.
The fee levels are 
subject to the 
maximum limits set 
out in the Articles 
of Association.
Not applicable.
Each Non-Executive Director is appointed for a term of three years. This term may be extended by the Board upon recommendation of the Nominations 
Committee, and the appointment can be terminated by either party on three months’ notice with no compensation in the event of such termination, 
other than accrued fees and expenses. Non-Executive Directors are typically expected to serve two three-year terms; however, the Board may invite the 
individual to serve an additional period. The Non-Executive Directors are subject to re-election by rotation by shareholders at least once every three 
years. No Director plays a part in any decision about their own remuneration.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
60
Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Company
In making decisions on Executive Director remuneration, the committee considers pay and conditions of other employees across the Company, and 
considers any informal feedback received. The Company does not formally consult with employees on executive remuneration as the size and scope 
of Hurricane’s operations at this stage in its development would make any consultation process ineffectual. 
Differences in Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors compared to other employees
The Company’s Remuneration Policy for all employees, similar to the remuneration policy for Executive Directors, incentivises everyone to deliver on 
the strategic direction and create value for all shareholders. All employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s annual bonus scheme and SIP, 
with a voluntary package of benefits available. From time to time, they are also invited to participate in long-term incentive plans. Pension arrangements 
are aligned across all employees including Executive Directors.
Dilution
The Company has, at all times, complied with the dilution limit contained within the rules of each share plan (principally an aggregate limit of 10% of the 
issued share capital of the Company in any ten-year period), and the Committee reviews the position before any proposed grant to ensure this limit is not 
breached. 
As at 31 December 2021, there were no share options or other awards outstanding under the Company’s performance share schemes, and those options 
and awards in place at 31 December 2020 equated to less than 1.5% of the issued Ordinary Shares of the Company at that point. Existing shares that could 
be awarded under the employee SIP share schemes will be satisfied by shares currently held by the SIP Trust. 
Shareholder views
The Company has not, to date, sought formal shareholder approval for its Remuneration Policy. 
This section of the report has been prepared on a voluntary basis taking cognisance of the remuneration reporting requirements of Premium Listed 
companies whilst striking a balance between best practice corporate governance and its application for AIM listed companies.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Remuneration Policy continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
61
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Company registration
Hurricane Energy plc is a public company 
limited by shares registered in England and 
Wales with the registered number 05245689.
Principal activity and area 
of operation
The principal activity of the Group is to 
discover, appraise and develop hydrocarbons 
from naturally fractured basement reservoirs 
on the UK Continental Shelf. Details of the 
principal joint operation of the Group as at 
31 December 2021 are shown in note 2.6 to the 
Group Financial Statements, and details of the 
principal subsidiary undertakings of the Group 
as at 31 December 2021 are shown in note D to 
the Company Financial Statements. The Group’s 
operations are based in the UK with a focus on 
the West of Shetland.
Directors
The directors who held office during the 2021 
financial year and up to the date of this report 
are listed on pages 34, 35 and 40. 
Insurance and indemnities
The Company maintains D&O liability 
insurance in respect of legal action that might 
be brought against its directors and officers. 
More information of the D&O liability insurance 
can be found on page 41. The indemnity was in 
force throughout the tenure of each director 
during the last financial year and is currently 
in force. 
The Company does not have in place 
any indemnities for the benefit of the 
external auditor.
Engagement with employees 
and stakeholders
The average number of employees within 
the Group is shown in note 3.3 to the Group 
Financial Statements. We continuously 
engage with our employees in a number of 
ways including employee forums, all people 
briefings, corporate communications events 
and by conference calls and email. Details of the 
financial and economic factors affecting the 
performance of the Company are shared with 
all employees at the appropriate time using the 
methods listed above.
We provide opportunities for employees to give 
their feedback to the Company in a number of 
ways, from team meetings, formal workforce 
engagement meetings and one-to-one 
meetings. More information on how we have 
engaged with our employees and stakeholders 
can be found on pages 12 and 13.
The Board recognises the importance 
of considering all stakeholders in its 
decision‑making, as set out in Section 172 
of the Companies Act and is committed to 
engaging effectively and working constructively 
with all of our stakeholders. To date, this has the 
positive impact of promoting the success of the 
Company as a whole. The Company’s Section 
172 Statement can be found on page 14.
Results for the year and dividend
The Profit of the Group for the year was 
$18,236,000 (2020: loss of $625,325,000). The 
directors do not recommend the payment of 
a dividend.
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position, are 
set out in the Group Strategic Report. The 
financial position of the Group, its cash flows, 
and liquidity position are described in the Chief 
Financial Officer’s Review and set out in the 
Group Financial Statements. Further details 
of the Group’s commitments and maturity 
analysis of financial liabilities are set out in note 
2.7 and 5.3 respectively of the Group Financial 
Statements. In addition, notes 4.4 and 5.8 to 
the Group Financial Statements includes the 
Group’s objectives, policies and processes 
for managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; details of its financial 
instruments; and its exposures to credit risk 
and liquidity risk.
The directors have a reasonable expectation 
that, after taking into account reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, 
and the current macroeconomic situation 
and uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 
pandemic, the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future, including taking into 
account the ability to repay the remaining 
Convertible Bonds due in July 2022. Thus, 
they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the Financial 
Statements. Further details are provided in 
Going Concern section of the Group Strategic 
Report on pages 20 and 21. 
Certain information  
in the Strategic Report
The following items are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 32: particulars 
of important events affecting the Group 
which have occurred since 31 December 
2021; an indication of future strategy and 
outlook; engagement with our creditors 
and stakeholders during the year; and our 
sustainable strategy. Financial risk management 
objectives, the use of financial instruments, 
non-cash impairments and the impairment 
of our intangible assets; Convertible Bond 
accounting and the exposure of the Group to 
price, credit, liquidity and cash flow risks are 
outlined in the Group Financial Statements. 
Directors’ Report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Hurricane Energy plc
62
Streamlined energy and carbon reporting disclosure 
Hurricane’s GHG emissions and recorded energy usage are reported in line with the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting framework for the period 
1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021.
Metric
Source
2020
2021
Scope 1 GHG emissions (CO2e)
Aoka Mizu FPSO and offshore logistics chain
210,800
139,584
Scope 2 CO2 emissions (CO2e)1
Office emissions from energy consumption  
(Eashing & Aberdeen)
84
88
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
210,884
139,672
Scope 1 emissions intensity (kg CO2e per bbl oil)
Aoka Mizu FPSO and offshore logistics chain
41.5
37.2
Scope 1 energy use (TJ)
Aoka Mizu FPSO combustion activities only  
(excludes logistics chain)
3,162
2,124
Annual UK energy use2 (kWh)
878,198,998 590,058,795
Notes:
1.	 Scope 2 emissions reported only as CO2e, no other GHGs were included for scope 2.
2.	 Energy use includes combustion of gas or fuel consumption for transport purposes, and purchases of electricity for own use for transport purposes.
Methodology
Hurricane Energy plc is required to report its 
energy use and carbon emissions in accordance 
with the Companies (Directors’ Report) and 
Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and 
Carbon Report) Regulations 2018. The data 
detailed in the table above represent emissions 
and energy use for which Hurricane Energy plc 
is responsible.
The scope and methodology of the Company’s 
reporting changed in 2020 to include the six 
major GHGs targeted by the Kyoto Protocol 
(including Scope 1 CO2e emissions from 
the Company’s offshore logistics chain) to 
align with the OGUK’s definition of Scope 
1 emissions. As Hurricane only has rigs on 
short-term hire, they are excluded from the 
Company’s Scope 1 emissions in line with OEUK 
guidance. We believe this provides a more 
complete picture of the Company’s emissions 
performance and will enable easier annual 
comparisons in the future. The methodology 
used to calculate the Company’s emissions will 
be reported in our standalone 2020 ESG report, 
which will be issued later this year.
GHG emissions are reported in tonnes of gases 
emitted and in CO2e, using Global Warming 
Potentials from Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change’s (IPCC) Fifth Assessment 
Report. Previously, Hurricane reported using 
Global Warming Potentials from the IPCC’s 
Fourth Assessment Report, so figures for 2019 
and 2020 have been restated where relevant. 
This change was made to align with the NSTA’s 
reporting metrics.
We believe this provides a more complete 
picture of our emissions performance and will 
allow for easier annual comparisons in the future.
Energy efficiency
The decrease both in absolute emissions and 
emissions intensity has been due in part to 
declining production but also due to a strong 
focus on operational efficiency, by optimising 
production operations to reduce flaring where 
possible, minimising diesel usage for power 
generation and sharing of logistics support 
services with other assets.
Subsequent events
The key events which have occurred since the 
end of the Group’s financial year are detailed in 
note 7.4 of the Group Financial Statements.
Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
The Company’s AGM will be held on 29 June 
2022. The Notice of Annual General Meeting, 
which will be circulated to all shareholders, 
contains information on the format of the 
meeting and details of the resolutions to be 
proposed at the meeting. 
Rights and obligations 
of Ordinary Shares
On a show of hands at a general meeting every 
holder of Ordinary Shares present in person 
and entitled to vote shall have one vote, and 
every proxy entitled to vote shall have one vote 
(unless the proxy is appointed by more than one 
member, in which case the proxy has one vote 
for or one vote against if the proxy has been 
instructed by one or more members to vote for 
the resolution and by one or more members to 
vote against the resolution; or if the proxy has 
been instructed by one or more shareholders 
to vote either for or against a resolution and 
by one or more of those shareholders to use 
his discretion how to vote). On a poll, every 
member present in person or by proxy and 
entitled to vote shall have one vote for every 
Ordinary Share held. Subject to the relevant 
statutory provisions and the Company’s Articles 
of Association, holders of Ordinary Shares 
are entitled to a dividend where declared or 
paid out of profits available for such purposes. 
Subject to the relevant statutory provisions 
and the Company’s Articles of Association, on 
a return of capital on a winding-up, holders of 
Ordinary Shares are entitled to participate in 
such a return. There are no redemption rights 
in relation to the Ordinary Shares.
Significant direct and indirect 
holders of securities
As at 31 December 2021 and 27 April 2022, the 
Company had been advised of the following 
significant direct and indirect interests in the 
issued Ordinary Share capital of the Company:
Change in
Percentage
percentage
Name of
notified as at
notified as at
shareholder
31 Dec 2021
27 April 2022
Crystal Amber 
Fund Limited
28.82%
0.08%
Kerogen 
Capital
15.99%
—
Exercise of rights of shares 
in employee share schemes 
The trustees of the employee trusts do not seek 
to exercise voting rights on shares held in the 
employee trusts other than on the direction 
of the underlying beneficiaries. No voting rights 
are exercised in relation to shares unallocated 
to individual beneficiaries. 
Restrictions on voting deadlines 
The notice of any general meeting shall specify 
the deadline for exercising voting rights and 
appointing a proxy or proxies to vote in relation 
to resolutions to be proposed at the general 
meeting. The number of proxy votes for, against 
or withheld in respect of each resolution will 
be publicised on the Company’s website after 
the meeting.
Directors’ Report continued

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
63
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Political donations
No political donations were made in 2021.
Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP has indicated its willingness 
to be re-appointed as the auditor for the 
Company and a resolution proposing its 
re‑appointment will be put to shareholders 
at the 2022 AGM.
Disclosure of information 
to the auditor
In the case of each person who was a director 
at the time this report was approved:
	5 so far as that director was aware there 
was no relevant information of which 
the Group’s auditor was unaware; and 
that director had taken all steps that the 
director ought to have taken as a director 
to make himself or herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Group’s auditor was aware of that 
information. This confirmation is given 
and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.
Directors’ responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the 
Annual Report and the Financial Statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare 
Financial Statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the directors are required to 
prepare the Group Financial Statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
have elected to prepare the Parent Company 
Financial Statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law) including FRS 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’. Under company law 
the directors must not approve the Financial 
Statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and the company and of the profit 
or loss of the group for that period.
In preparing the Group Financial Statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires 
that directors:
	5 properly select and apply 
accounting policies;
	5 present information, including accounting 
policies, in a manner that provides relevant, 
reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;
	5 provide additional disclosures when 
compliance with the specific requirements 
in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users 
to understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and 
financial performance; and
	5 make an assessment of the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.
In preparing the Parent Company Financial 
Statements, the directors are required to:
	5 select suitable accounting policies and then 
apply them consistently;
	5 make judgements and accounting estimates 
that are reasonable and prudent;
	5 follow applicable UK Accounting Standards 
(except where any departures from 
this requirement are explained in the 
notes to the Parent Company Financial 
Statements); and
	5 prepare the Financial Statements on the 
going concern basis unless it is inappropriate 
to presume that the Company will continue 
in business.
The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the Financial Statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.
The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
	5 the Financial Statements, prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial 
reporting framework, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole;
	5 the Strategic Report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and
	5 the Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.
This Directors’ Report and Responsibility 
Statement was approved by the Board on 
27 April 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer
Philip Wolfe
Chairman

Hurricane Energy plc
64
Hurricane Energy plc
64
Financial 
statements
Contents
65	
Independent Auditor’s Report
72	
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
73	
Group Balance Sheet
74	
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
75	
Group Cash Flow Statement
76	
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
103	 Company Balance Sheet
104	 Company Statement of Changes in Equity
105	 Notes to the Company Financial Statements
110	 Advisers
111	 Appendix A: Glossary
114	 Appendix B: Non-IFRS Measures

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
65
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Hurricane Energy plc
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Hurricane Energy Plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 
December 2021 which comprise the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Balance Sheet, Group Statement of Changes in Equity, Group 
Cash Flow Statement, notes to the Group financial statements, including significant accounting policies, Company Balance Sheet, Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity and notes to the Company financial statements including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards. The 
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). 
In our opinion: 
	5 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the 
group’s profit for the year then ended; 
	5 the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
	5 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice; and
	5 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of 
the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting included:
	5 obtaining management’s cash flow forecasts for the going concern period being twelve months from the anticipated date of signing the financial 
statements;
	5 holding discussions with management to understand the going concern model including the key inputs used and sources of these inputs;
	5 challenging management on the appropriateness of key assumptions and judgements used including going concern position and long-term viability 
based on multiple scenarios with key consideration to the inputs used; 
	5 considering the inherent risks to the group’s business model and performed an analysis of how those risks might affect the group’s financial resources 
or ability to continue operations over the going concern period; and 
	5 checking and ensuring the integrity of going concern model.
The risks that we considered most likely to affect the financial resources or ability to continue as a going concern were the changes to the oil price, 
increase in production downtime, uncontrolled inflation in expenses and operating cash flows and failure to meet the projected production forecasts. 
We considered and audited these factors through a review of the application of reasonably foreseeable downside scenarios.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue. Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described 
in the relevant sections of this report.

Independent Auditor’s Report continued
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
66
Our application of materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate, on the financial 
statements as a whole. 
Group financial statements
Parent financial statements 
Overall materiality 
US $1,600,000
US $500,000
Performance materiality 
US $960,000
US $300,000
Basis of materiality 
c. 1.8 % of gross assets and c. 8.8 % of profit before tax 
c. 0.5 % of gross assets and c. 4.4 % of profit before tax 
Rationale
For audits of listed entities, profit before tax is typically used as the benchmark of the financial statements as that is 
primarily what users of the financial statements focus on. The benchmark also provides an indication of the Group’s 
ability to settle their debts. In addition, investors' value is generated through the strength of its oil and gas assets 
as well as exploration and evaluation assets, investors will also be interested in the updated reserve estimate of the 
Lancaster field which is an evidence that balance sheet should also be the basis from which materiality is determined. 
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements 
exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of 
account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. 
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality 
allocated across components was between US $19,000 and US $1,000,000. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that 
was also less than our overall group materiality. 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above US $80,000 as well as misstatements 
below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 
Our approach to the audit
As part of designing out audit, we determined materiality and assessed risk of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked 
at areas involving significant accounting estimate and judgment by the directors and considered future events that are inherently uncertain such as the 
carrying value of inventory. We also addressed the risk of management override of controls, including among other matters consideration of whether 
there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 
We noted that the group has made significant convertible bond repurchases as well as impairments to its intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
during the year. Both of these areas are inherently complex and require a significant amount of judgement by management. We reviewed and assessed 
the accounting treatment of repurchases of the convertible bond in September and December 2021 and ensured compliance of the covenants. 
Furthermore, we reviewed and ensured that the related disclosures in the financial statements was sufficient and appropriate. Our work relating to the 
intangible assets is detailed below. 
A full scope audit was performed on the complete financial information of all four components. The group and component audits were performed in 
London by PKF Littlejohn LLP. This gave us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the group and parent company financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
67
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. 
Key Audit Matter
How our scope addressed this matter
Carrying value of Oil and Gas assets (Note 2.3)
The oil and gas assets recorded on the balance sheet are the producing 
Lancaster field. First oil from Early Production System (‘EPS’) was achieved 
in 2019 and on a no further activity basis, production is expected to 
continue until the economic limit is reached (c. mid 2024 based on current 
forecast and oil prices).
Management are required by IAS 36 to assess whether there are potential 
indicators of impairment of the group’s oil and gas assets at each 
reporting date and, if potential indicators of impairment are identified, 
management are required to perform a full assessment of the recoverable 
value of the oil and gas assets in accordance with IAS 36.
A non-cash impairment charge of USD $519.1m was recognised against 
the Lancaster oil and gas assets in the 2020 consolidated financial 
statements. This was following the  downward revision of estimated 
reserves, following the shut-in of well P7z,  in the April 2021 ERC Equipoise 
Ltd (ERCE) Competent Person Report (CPR) and:
	5 the uncertainty in the outlook for oil prices
	5 the non-sanction of the proposed financial restructuring 
in June 2021 and
	5 the decision not to extend the lease of the Aoka Mizu FPSO 
beyond June 2022
Given the uncertainty in the future production profiles and the volatility 
in oil price, there is a risk that management may not adequately identify 
all impairment indicators as outlined in IAS 36.
In addition, the value in use calculation is subject to significant 
judgements and estimates made by management. 
We performed testing of the valuation of oil and gas assets and critically 
assessed the key assumptions and estimates made. The procedures 
performed are summarised below:
	5 Confirmed that group has good title to the applicable licences.
	5 Obtained management’s impairment paper to assess the appropriateness 
of their conclusions relating to the indicators of impairment at year end.
	5 Obtained the impairment model and with the use of our internal data 
analytics experts, performed data integrity and mechanical checks on 
the model.
	5 Challenged management’s assessment of the impairment indicators in 
relation to oil and gas assets, taking into consideration of those outlined 
in IAS 36.
	5 Assessed the competence and objectivity of the CPR experts and 
satisfied ourselves that they were appropriately qualified to carry out the 
reserves estimation. 
	5 Through a discussion held with the CPR experts, we obtained an 
understanding of the data, method, and key assumptions applied in 
arriving at their conclusion. 
	5 Reviewed the latest CPR and challenged the inputs against the carrying 
value of oil and gas assets.
	5 Reviewed and critically challenged the impairment model, focussing on 
the appropriateness of estimates with reference to empirical data and 
external evidence with specific emphasis on the following assumptions: 
	@ oil prices
	@ reserves and production profiles
	@ operating cost assumptions based on latest budgets, contracts and 
information from key suppliers
	@ the extension to the Aoka Mizu FPSO charter lease and
	@ discount rate
	5 With the use of our internal valuation experts we reperformed the WACC 
calculation received from management and assessed the reasonableness 
of key inputs such as the market value of equity, market value of debt, 
cost of equity (Ke), and cost of debt (Kd) against market related data. 
	5 Ensured the presentation and disclosures in the financial statements are 
sufficient and in accordance with requirements of IAS 36 and IAS 1.
Based on the procedures performed, we found management’s assessment 
of the carrying value of producing oil and gas assets to be supported by the 
underlying models and the judgements and estimates applied reasonable.

Key audit matters continued
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
68
Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Hurricane Energy plc
Key Audit Matter
How our scope addressed this matter
Carrying value of Exploration and Evaluation assets (Note 2.4)
The group carries exploration expenditure on its balance under 
the “successful efforts” methodology in accordance with IFRS 6. 
The exploration and evaluation assets recognised are in respect of 
following licences:
	5 P2308 Halifax
	5 P1368 (south) Lincoln
	5 P2294 Warwick
Management are required to assess by reference to IFRS 6, whether 
there are potential indicators of impairment of the group’s exploration 
and evaluation assets at each reporting date and, if potential indicators 
of impairment are identified, management are required to perform a full 
assessment of the recoverable value of the exploration and evaluation 
assets in accordance with IFRS 6.
The carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets relates 
predominately to the Lincoln licence. Given the following circumstances:
	5 the group’s potential inability to self-fund the well commitment and a 
lack of an indication from a third-party to fund the well commitment
	5 the low likelihood of the North Sea Transition Authority (NSTA) to 
approve of a deferral of the commitment well and
	5 the group’s joint venture partner; Spirit Energy’s lack of future funding 
for oil development
Management considered that, at the balance sheet date, it was highly 
likely that the licence would have to be relinquished and the carrying 
value impaired. As a result, a non-cash impairment charge of USD $54.2m 
was recognised against the Lincoln exploration and evaluation assets in 
the 2021 consolidated financial statements.
There is a risk that the capitalisation of exploration expenditure is not 
in accordance with IFRS 6 and may not be fully recoverable.
We performed testing of the valuation of exploration and evaluation 
assets and critically assessed the key assumptions and estimates made. 
The procedures performed are summarised below:
	5 Confirmed that group has good title to the applicable licences.
	5 Reviewed capitalised costs and considered the appropriateness of their 
capitalisation under IFRS 6.
	5 Challenged management’s assessment of the impairment indicators 
in relation to exploration and evaluation assets, taking particular 
consideration of those outlined in IFRS 6.
	5 Reviewed the relevant CPR and challenged the inputs against the net 
present value of exploration and evaluation assets.
	5 Reviewed management’s impairment assessment and challenged all key 
assumptions and sensitivities to reasonably possible changes.
	5 Ensured the presentation and disclosures in the financial statements 
are sufficient and in accordance with requirements of IFRS 6.
Based on the procedures performed, we found management’s assessment  
of the carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets to be supported 
by the underlying models and the judgements and estimates 
applied reasonable.

Key audit matters continued
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
69
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Key Audit Matter
How our scope addressed this matter
Going concern (Note 1.2)
When preparing financial statements, those charged with governance 
should satisfy themselves as to whether the going concern basis 
is appropriate.
ISA (UK) 570 “Going concern” specifically requires the auditor to conclude 
on: whether a material uncertainty related to going concern exists; the 
appropriateness of the Directors’ use of the going concern assumption 
in the preparation of the financial statements; and the appropriateness 
of any relevant disclosures in the financial statements.
Under the latest management cash flow model, which is highly 
dependent on the oil price and production rate, while some uncertainty 
still remains, management are confident that the remaining convertible 
bond (due in July 2022) can be repaid whilst leaving sufficient working 
capital to manage daily operations. 
We reviewed the appropriateness of the going concern assumption and 
critically assessed the key assumptions and inputs to the model used to 
support the assumptions. The procedures performed are summarised below:
	5 Obtained management’s cash flow forecasts for the going concern 
period being from the date of signing the financial statements to 30 April 
2023. With the use of our internal data analytics experts, performed data 
integrity and mechanical checks on the going concern model.
	5 Agreed the March 2022 cash position used in the cash flow forecast to 
the management accounts and bank statements.
	5 Confirmed the extension of the Bluewater FPSO lease term, and 
confirmed the production rates used agreed to those provided by ERC 
Equipoise Ltd.
	5 Held discussions with management to understand the going concern 
model including the key assumptions and judgments included within 
the model.
	5 Obtained managements stress testing analysis and considered whether 
such scenarios, including significant reductions in oil prices and 
production rates were appropriate.
	5 Compared previous forecasts/budgets to actual performance to assess 
the reliability of such forecasts/budgets.
	5 Obtained information relating to the January and March 2022 liftings 
and assessed the actual liftings (barrels lifted, oil price obtained and 
cash inflows received and expected) against the assumptions included 
in the model.
	5 Considered the inherent risks to the group’s business model and analysed 
how those risks might affect the group’s financial resources or ability to 
continue operations over the going concern period.
	5 Assessed the impact that COVID-19 has had thus far and may continue 
to have on the group and ensured adequate disclosure has been made 
in the financial statements in respect of COVID-19 and its impacts.
	5 Ensured sufficient disclosure is made in the financial statements.
Based on the procedures performed, we consider management’s use 
of the going concern assumption to be reasonable and the related 
disclosures appropriate. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
70
Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the members of Hurricane Energy plc
Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent company financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:  
	5 the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and 
	5 the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 
	5 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or 
	5 the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
	5 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
	5 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 
Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group and parent company 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 
In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
71
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
	5 We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which they operate to identify laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained our understanding in this regard through discussions with 
management, industry research, application of cumulative audit knowledge and experience of the sector. 
	5 We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company in this regard to be those arising from:
	@ Companies Act 2006
	@ AIM Rules
	@ Disclosure and Transparency Rules
	@ Quoted Companies Alliance
	@ The Bribery Act 2010
	@ Anti Money Laundering Legislation
	@ Health and Safety Law
	@ UK tax legislation
	5 We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit team considered whether there were any indications of non-compliance by the group and 
parent company with those laws and regulations. These procedures included, but were not limited to:
	@ Making enquires of management
	@ Reviewing the Board minutes throughout the year and post year end 
	@ Ensuring adherence to the terms within the exploration permits, including environmental conditions
	@ Reviewing the legal ledger account
	@ Obtaining confirmations from legal advisors
	@ Reviewing general ledger transactions and performing a detailed review of the Group’s consolidation entries, and investigating any that appear 
unusual with regards to nature or amount to corroborative evidence
	@ Reviewing RNS announcements
	5 We also identified the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud. We considered, in addition to the non-rebuttable 
presumption of a risk of fraud arising from management override of controls, that the potential for management bias was identified in relation 
to the revenue recognition, the impairment of oil and gas assets and exploration and evaluation assets and we addressed this by challenging the 
assumptions and judgements made by management when auditing these significant accounting estimates. 
As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing audit procedures which included, but 
were not limited to: the testing of journals;  reviewing accounting estimates for evidence of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business. Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not 
detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk 
increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation is removed from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will 
be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, as 
fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or misrepresentation.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other purpose. 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Joseph Archer (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP
Statutory Auditor
15 Westferry Circus, Canary Wharf, London E14 4HD
27 April 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
72
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Notes
$’000
$’000
Revenue
2.1
240,540
180,083
Cost of sales
2.2
(173,125)
(179,816)
Gross profit
67,415
267
General and administrative expenses
3.3
(26,749)
(4,229)
Gain on revision of lease term
5.2
49,125
—
Impairment of oil and gas assets
2.3
—
(519,152)
Change in decommissioning estimates on fully impaired assets
2.5
(1,972)
—
Impairment of intangible exploration and evaluation assets and exploration expense written off
2.4
(54,280)
(47,945)
Operating profit/(loss)
33,539
(571,059)
Finance income
3.2
27
2,696
Finance costs
3.2
(30,656)
(38,160)
Net gain on repurchase of Convertible Bonds
5.1
17,201
—
Fair value (loss)/gain on Convertible Bond embedded derivative
5.1
(1,901)
35,431
Profit/(loss) before tax
18,210
(571,092)
Tax
6.1
26
(54,233)
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the year
18,236
(625,325)
Cents
Cents
Earnings per share – basic and diluted
3.1
0.92
(31.43)
All results arise from continuing operations.
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2021

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
73
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Notes
$’000
$’000
Non-current assets
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
2.4
3,830
55,390
Oil and gas assets
2.3
98,296
208,027
Other non-current assets 
7.2
1,373
2,605
Deferred tax assets
6.2
104
78
Liquid investments
4.1
37,783
22,811
141,386
288,911
Current assets
 
 
Inventory
2.2
27,488
11,285
Trade and other receivables
4.2
2,591
14,524
Cash and cash equivalents
4.1
76,792
143,703
106,871
169,512
Total assets 
248,257
458,423
Current liabilities
 
 
Trade and other payables
4.3
(18,843)
(16,356)
Lease liabilities 
5.2
(13,880)
(18,479)
Convertible Bond liability
5.1
(77,373)
—
Convertible Bond embedded derivative
5.1
(27)
—
Decommissioning provisions
2.5
—
(15,466)
(110,123)
(50,301)
Non-current liabilities
 
 
Lease liabilities 
5.2
(1,910)
(78,842)
Convertible Bond liability
5.1
—
(216,034)
Convertible Bond embedded derivative
5.1
—
(885)
Decommissioning provisions
2.5
(49,346)
(45,675)
(51,256)
(341,436)
Total liabilities
(161,379)
(391,737)
Net assets
86,878
66,686
Equity
 
 
Share capital 
5.4
2,885
2,885
Share premium 
822,458
822,458
Share option reserve
5.5
23,321
21,443
Own shares reserve
5.6
(845)
(923)
Foreign exchange reserve
5.7
(90,828)
(90,828)
Accumulated deficit
(670,113)
(688,349)
Total equity
86,878
66,686
The Financial Statements of Hurricane Energy plc were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 27 April 2022. They were signed on its behalf by:
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer
Group Balance Sheet
for the year ended 31 December 2021
Registered company number: 05245689

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
74
 
 
 
Share
 
Foreign
 
 
 
Share
Share
option
Own shares
exchange
Accumulated
 
 
 capital
premium
reserve
reserve
reserve
deficit
Total
 
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
At 1 January 2020
2,883
821,910
20,828
(684)
(90,828)
(63,024)
691,085
Loss for the period
—
—
—
—
—
(625,325)
(625,325)
New shares issued under employee 
share schemes (note 5.4)
2
548
—
(445)
—
—
105
Share-based payments
—
—
615
206
—
—
821
At 31 December 2020
2,885
822,458
21,443
(923)
(90,828)
(688,349)
66,686
Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
18,236
18,236
Share-based payments
—
—
1,878
78
—
—
1,956
At 31 December 2021
2,885
822,458
23,321
(845)
(90,828)
(670,113)
86,878
Group Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
75
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year ended
Restated
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Notes
$’000
$’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Operating profit/(loss)
33,539
(571,059)
Adjustments for:
 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
2.3
98,100
97,136
Impairment of oil and gas assets
2.3
—
519,152
Change in decommissioning estimates on fully impaired assets
2.5
1,972
—
Impairment of intangible exploration and evaluation assets and exploration expense written off
2.4
54,280
47,945
Gain on lease remeasurement
5.2
(49,125)
—
Impairment of other right-of-use assets
7.2
719
—
Share-based payment charge
3.4
1,955
821
Purchase of derivative financial instruments
4.4
—
(3,420)
Expenditure on proposed financial restructuring
15,903
1,550
Decommissioning spend
2.5
(4,824)
(2,108)
Operating cash flow before working capital movements
152,519
90,017
Movement in receivables
579
159
Movement in payables
5,356
(10,352)
Movement in crude oil, fuel and chemicals inventories
2.2
(11,410)
1,946
Net cash inflow from operating activities
147,044
81,770
Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received
27
1,227
Increase in liquid investments
(15,530)
(22,811)
Expenditure on oil and gas assets
(6,618)
(23,396)
Expenditure on other fixed assets
(2)
(69)
Expenditure on intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
(2,782)
(35,269)
Movement in spares and supplies inventories
2.2
(4,793)
(3,286)
Net cash used in investing activities
(29,698)
(83,604) 
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchases of Convertible Bond principal for cancellation
5.1
(130,346)
—
Transaction costs
5.1.1
(1,311)
—
Convertible Bond interest paid
5.1
(17,372)
(17,250)
Lease repayments
5.2
(18,596)
(9,658)
Interest and other finance charges paid
(34)
(15)
Expenditure on proposed financial restructuring
(15,903)
(1,550)
New shares issued under employee share schemes
—
105
Net cash used in financing activities
(183,562)
(28,368)
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(66,216)
(30,202)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
4.1
143,703
171,434
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(66,216)
(30,202)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes
(695)
2,471 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
4.1
76,792
143,703
The presentation of certain comparative lines has been restated – see note 1.3.
Group Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Hurricane Energy plc
76
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
76
Section 1. General information and basis of preparation 
Hurricane Energy plc is a public company, limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom and registered in England and Wales 
under the Companies Act 2006 (registered company number 05245689). The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activity is exploration, 
development and production of oil and gas reserves on the UK Continental Shelf. 
1.1 Basis of preparation and consolidation
The Financial Statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention (except for derivative financial instruments which have been measured 
at fair value) in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
in accordance with the requirements of the AIM Rules.
The Consolidated Income Statement and related notes represent results from continuing operations, there being no discontinued operations in the 
years presented.
The consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the Financial Statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) 
made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved when the Company:
	5 has power over the investee;
	5 is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
	5 has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.
All intragroup transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.
The Group’s joint arrangement with Spirit Energy Limited (Spirit) is accounted for as a joint operation (where the parties have rights to the assets and 
obligations for the liabilities of that arrangement). As such, in relation to its interests in the joint operation, the Group recognises its assets, liabilities, 
revenues and expenses of the joint operation, including its share of any jointly held or incurred assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have 
been incorporated in the Financial Statements under the relevant headings. Details of this joint operation are set out in note 2.6.
In the opinion of the directors, the operations of the Group comprise one segment of business, being oil and gas exploration, development and 
production together with related activities in only one geographical area, the UK Continental Shelf.
1.2 Going concern
The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the going concern basis of accounting. The forecasts and projections made in adopting 
the going concern basis take into account forecasts over oil prices, production rates, operating and G&A expenditure, committed and sanctioned capital 
expenditure, and the remaining Convertible Bond principal amount due in July 2022. In addition, sensitivity and reverse stress test analyses have been 
considered. Further details on the going concern assessment undertaken are outlined in the Going Concern section of the Strategic Report.
1.3 Significant events and changes in the period
The financial performance and position of the Group was significantly affected by the following events and changes during the year: 
	5 a significant increase in revenue versus the previous year due to a strong recovery in crude oil prices, with the average realised sales price increasing 
from $35.2/bbl to $67.3/bbl (note 2.1);
	5 the incurrence of $15.9 million of legal and professional costs (for advisers engaged by the Group, bondholders and shareholders) related to the 
proposed financial restructuring of the Group, originally announced in April 2021, but ultimately not sanctioned by the Court in June 2021;
	5 a reduction in lease liabilities, right-of-use assets and a non-cash lease remeasurement gain arising from the decision made in June 2021 not to extend 
the bareboat charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO beyond June 2022 (notes 2.3 and 5.2);
	5 the placing of an additional £11.2 million of cash into restricted funds following a formal request by OPRED to increase the amount of 
decommissioning security for the Lancaster field (note 4.1);
	5 a significant reduction in Convertible Bond debt and gain on repurchase of Convertible Bonds recognised in the Income Statement following the 
repurchase of $151.5 million of bonds for cash consideration of $130.3 million (note 5.1.1); and
	5 the recognition of an impairment charge of $54.3 million in respect of the Lincoln asset following the decision by the Group and its joint operation 
partner to relinquish the P1368(S) licence (note 2.4.1).
Amounts relating to the proposed financial restructuring incurred in the prior year have been reclassified from operating activities to financing activities 
within the Cash Flow Statement and note 4.1 in order to align with the current year classification.
For further discussion about the Group’s performance and financial position, see the Chief Executive Officer’s Review and Chief Financial Officer’s Review.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
77
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
77
Section 1. General information and basis of preparation continued
1.4 Foreign currencies and translation
These consolidated Financial Statements are presented in US Dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency, and rounded to the 
nearest thousand unless otherwise stated. The functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates, 
as a significant proportion of expenditure and all of its current revenue is priced in US Dollars. All trading entities within the Group have a US Dollar 
functional currency. 
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange ruling at the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated into 
US Dollars at the exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date, with a corresponding charge or credit to the Income Statement.
The principal rates of exchange used were:
US Dollar/Pounds Sterling
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Year-end rate
1.35
1.35
Average rate
1.38
1.28
Upon disposal or liquidation of a subsidiary, any cumulative exchange differences recognised in equity as a result of previous changes in the functional 
currency of that subsidiary are recycled to the Income Statement.
1.5 New and amended standards adopted by the Group
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into UK law and became ‘UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards’, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. The Group transitioned to UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards (for its consolidated Financial Statements) on 1 January 2021. This change constitutes a change in accounting framework; however, 
there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure in the period reported as a result of this change.
The Group has applied new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations for the first time:
	5 COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions – amendments to IFRS 16; and
	5 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16.
The Group also applied the following amendments early:
	5 Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020; and
	5 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – amendments to IAS 12.
The adoption of the changes and amendments above has not had any material impact on the disclosure or on the amounts reported in the Financial 
Statements, nor are they expected to significantly affect future periods.
1.6 New and amended accounting standards not yet adopted
A number of other new and amended accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the Group’s financial 
year ended 31 December 2021, nor have they been early adopted. These standards and interpretations are not expected to have a material impact 
on the Group’s consolidated Financial Statements.
1.7 Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only the period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and 
future periods.
The following are critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that the directors have made in the 
process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements:
	5 identification of impairment indicators for Lancaster field oil and gas assets (note 2.3);
	5 identification of impairment indicators for intangible exploration and evaluation assets (note 2.4); and
	5 recognition of deferred tax assets (section 6).
The assessment of lease term of the Aoka Mizu (note 5.2) is no longer considered to be a critical judgement as, at the balance sheet date, the Group had 
no contractual rights to any extension options beyond the non-cancellable period of the lease (expiring in June 2022). However, in estimating future cash 
flows of oil and gas assets for the purposes of impairment testing, and estimating hydrocarbon Reserves and Contingent Resources, management have 
made the assumption that there would be an extension to the lease under terms similar to those agreed in March 2022, reflecting the advanced status 
of negotiations with the lessor at the balance sheet date. The presumption of going concern (note 1.2) is no longer considered to be a critical judgment 
as management believe there is appropriate certainty in the Group being able to fully repay the remaining Convertible Bonds due in July 2022 and have 
sufficient liquidity thereafter to cover ongoing working capital requirements. Further details on the going concern assessment undertaken are outlined in 
the Going Concern section of the Strategic Report.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
78
Section 1. General information and basis of preparation continued
1.7 Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date that may have a significant risk 
of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are:
	5 estimated future cash flows of oil and gas assets used for impairment testing (note 2.3);
	5 estimation of hydrocarbon Reserves and Contingent Resources (section 2); and 
	5 estimation of future taxable profits against which to recognise deferred tax assets (section 6).
The valuation of the Convertible Bond embedded derivative (note 5.1) is no longer considered to contain key sources of estimation uncertainty as 
it is now not considered that reasonably possible changes to any assumptions or estimates underlying its valuation would cause a material adjustment 
to carrying amount of assets or liabilities within the next financial year.
1.7.1.	 Impact of climate change and energy transition on critical judgements and estimates
Climate change and the transition to a low carbon economy were considered in preparing these consolidated Financial Statements. In particular, 
the energy transition is likely to impact future oil and gas prices which in turn may affect the recoverable amount of the Group’s oil and gas assets. 
The estimate of future cash flows from oil and gas assets, which includes management’s best estimate of future oil prices, is considered a key source of 
estimation uncertainty. In developing these price assumptions, consideration was given to a range of forecasts, including a number that were described 
as being consistent with achieving the 2015 COP 21 Paris Agreement goal to limit temperature rises to well below 2 degrees Celsius (the ‘Paris compliant 
scenarios’). Further details of the key assumptions in this area have been provided in note 2.3.1, including sensitivity analysis outlining the impact on 
the impairment charge of using higher or lower oil price assumptions to management’s best estimate of oil prices. The oil price forecast used in the 
impairment assessment (disclosed in note 2.3.1) is estimated to be broadly equivalent to the Paris compliant scenarios; however, under current forecasts 
and with no further investment, the Group’s oil and gas assets are likely to be fully depreciated within three years, during which timeframe it is expected 
that global demand for oil will remain robust. Accordingly, the impact of climate change on expected useful lives of the Group’s current assets is not 
considered to be a significant judgement or estimate.
In addition to oil and gas assets, climate change could adversely impact the future development or viability of exploration and evaluation (E&E) 
prospects. The existence of impairment triggers for E&E assets is considered a critical accounting judgement, with further details of impairments 
recorded in the year and the amounts that remain capitalised at year end provided in note 2.4.
Section 2. Oil and gas operations
Accounting policies applicable to this section as a whole
Commercial Reserves
Commercial Reserves are proved and probable oil and gas Reserves, which are defined as the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and 
natural gas liquids which geological, geophysical and engineering data demonstrate with a specified degree of certainty to be recoverable in future 
years from known reservoirs and which are considered to be economically viable. Proved and probable reserve estimates are based on a number 
of underlying assumptions including oil and gas prices, future costs, oil and gas in place and reservoir performance, which are inherently uncertain. 
There should be a 50% statistical probability that the actual quantity of Reserves will be more than the amount estimated as proven and probable 
Reserves and a 50% statistical probability that it will be less. However, the amount of Reserves that will be ultimately recovered from any field cannot 
be known with certainty until the end of the field’s life.
Critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty applicable to this section
Key source of estimation uncertainty – estimation of hydrocarbon Reserves and Contingent Resources
Hydrocarbon Reserves and Contingent Resources are those hydrocarbons that can be economically extracted from the Group’s oil and gas assets. 
The Group’s Reserves and Contingent Resources have been estimated based on information compiled by independent qualified persons, using 
standard recognised evaluation techniques. Inputs provided by management to the independent qualified persons include geological and reservoir 
information (as updated from data obtained through operation of a field), operating costs and decommissioning estimates. These inputs are 
challenged by the independent qualified persons and validated against analogue reservoirs, actual historical reservoir and production performance, 
and the costs of running and decommissioning similar fields and installations.
Changes to Reserves estimates may significantly impact the financial position and performance of the Group. This could include a significant 
change in the depreciation charge for oil and gas assets, provisions for decommissioning, the results of any impairment testing performed and the 
recognition and carrying value of any deferred tax assets.
The estimated quantity of remaining proved plus probable Reserves (2P Reserves) at 31 December 2021 in respect of the Lancaster EPS was 
independently assessed in April 2022 as being 5.8 MMbbl.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
79
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.1 Revenue
Accounting policy
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when the Group satisfies its performance obligation of transferring control of oil to a 
customer. Transfer of control is usually concurrent with both transfer of title and the customer taking physical possession of the oil, which is 
determined by reference to the contract and relevant Incoterms. These performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time.
The amount of revenue recognised is measured at the transaction price, which is determined primarily by reference to quoted market prices at 
or around the time of lifting. Where final pricing terms are only available after delivery (e.g., using quoted prices or other information such as 
discharge quantity that can only be determined after the time of sale), revenue is initially recognised based on relevant prices at the time of sale on 
a provisional basis and subsequently adjusted. This variable consideration element is deemed highly probable not to result in a significant reversal of 
revenue as changes in pricing arising from post-sale adjustments are resolved within a short period of time following delivery and are not considered 
to be material.
All revenue is derived from contracts with customers and is comprised of only one category and geographical location, being the sale of crude oil from 
the Lancaster EPS. All sales were made to one external customer, being BP Oil International Limited. 
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Oil sales
240,540
180,083
Revenue from contracts with customers
240,540
180,083
Cargoes sold
7
12
Sales volumes (thousand bbl)
3,576
5,112
Average sales price realised ($/bbl)
$67.3/bbl
$35.2/bbl
2.2 Cost of sales and inventory
Accounting policy
Crude oil inventories
Crude oil inventories are held at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of crude oil is the cost of production, including direct labour and 
materials, depreciation and an appropriate portion of fixed overheads allocated based on normal operating capacity of the production facilities, 
determined on a weighted average cost basis. Net realisable value of crude oil is based on the market price of similar crude oil at the balance sheet 
date and costs to sell, adjusted if the sale of inventories after that date gives additional evidence about its net realisable value.
The cost of crude oil is expensed in the period in which the related revenue is recognised.
For other inventories, cost is determined on a weighted average basis (for fuel and chemicals) or a specific identification basis (for spares and 
supplies), including the cost of direct materials and (where applicable) direct labour and a proportion of overhead expenses. Items are classified as 
spares and supplies inventory where they are either standard parts, easily resalable or available for use on non-specific campaigns, and as oil and 
gas assets or intangible exploration and evaluation assets where they are specialised parts intended for specific projects. Net realisable value is 
determined by an estimate of the price that could be realised through resale or scrappage based on its condition at the balance sheet date.
Included within cost of sales are costs relating to emissions trading schemes. Provision is made at the end of each period for the cost of allowances 
required to cover carbon emissions made in the emission reporting period to date. The estimated cost of allowances required is based on 
the weighted average cost per unit of emissions expected to be incurred for the compliance period, calculated as the carrying amount of any 
allowances held plus the cost of meeting the expected shortfall (using the market price at the balance sheet date), divided by the expected total 
number of units of emissions for the compliance period. The provision is held on the balance sheet within trade and other payables until settled 
by the delivery of emissions certificates. Allowances granted free of charge are held at nil cost, with any gain on sale of free allowances granted 
recognised at the time of sale.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
80
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.2 Cost of sales and inventory continued
Cost of sales
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Note
$’000
$’000
Operating costs
65,688
65,107
Depreciation of oil and gas assets – owned
2.3
94,200
84,756
Depreciation of oil and gas assets – leased
2.3
3,405
11,828
Movement in crude oil inventory
(10,622)
1,733
Variable lease payments
5.2
20,454
16,392
173,125
179,816
Inventory
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Crude oil
13,313
2,691
Fuel and chemicals
2,124
 1,336
Spares and supplies
12,051
7,258
27,488
11,285
The amount of crude oil inventory recognised as an expense in the year was $140.6 million (2020: $155.2 million). 
2.3 Oil and gas assets
Accounting policies
Oil and gas assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. 
Oil and gas assets – cost
Oil and gas assets are accumulated generally on a field-by-field basis and represent the cost of developing the commercial Reserves discovered and 
bringing them into production, together with the intangible exploration and evaluation asset expenditures incurred in finding commercial Reserves 
transferred from intangible exploration and evaluation assets.
The cost of oil and gas properties also includes directly attributable staff and related overhead expenditure, which is allocated via the Group’s time 
writing process, capitalised borrowing costs and the cost of provisions for future restoration and decommissioning.
Right-of-use assets (leased assets) are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial measurement of the lease liability (see note 5.2), plus 
any lease payments made prior to lease commencement, initial direct costs incurred and the estimated cost of restoration or decommissioning, 
less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are presented within property, plant and equipment on the balance sheet.
Oil and gas assets – depreciation
Oil and gas properties are depreciated from the commencement of production on a unit-of-production basis. This is the ratio of oil production 
in the period to the estimated Reserves base, which is the best estimate of proved plus probable Reserves (2P Reserves), at the end of the period, 
plus the production in the period. Costs used in the unit-of-production calculation comprise the net book values of producing assets, taking into 
account future development expenditures necessary to bring those Reserves into production. Where the carrying value of oil and gas assets has 
been impaired by using an expected cash flow approach, the equivalent expected future development costs and expected Reserves and Contingent 
Resources base are taken into account when determining the depreciation rate.
Impairment
An impairment test is performed whenever events and circumstances arising during the development or production phase indicate that the carrying 
value of an oil and gas property may exceed its recoverable amount.
The carrying value is compared against the expected recoverable amount of the asset, generally by reference to the present value of the future net cash 
flows expected to be derived from production of commercial Reserves. The cash-generating unit applied for impairment test purposes is generally the 
field, except that a number of field interests may be grouped as a single cash-generating unit where the cash inflows of each field are interdependent.
Any impairment identified is charged to the Income Statement. Where conditions giving rise to an impairment subsequently reverse, the effect of the 
impairment charge is also reversed as a credit to the Income Statement, net of any depreciation that would have been charged since the impairment.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
81
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.3 Oil and gas assets continued
Leased
Owned
Total
Note
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cost
At 1 January 2020
101,347
757,424
858,771
Additions
—
23,652
23,652
Changes to decommissioning estimates
2.5
474
3,482
3,956
At 31 December 2020
101,821
784,558
886,379
Additions
—
4,572
4,572
Remeasurement of lease liability
5.2
(18,212)
—
(18,212)
Changes to decommissioning estimates
2.5
1,961
1,514
3,475
At 31 December 2021
85,570
790,644
876,214
Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2020
(8,210)
(54,406)
(62,616)
Depreciation charge for the year
(11,828)
(84,756)
(96,584)
Provision for impairment
(60,166)
(458,986)
(519,152)
At 31 December 2020
(80,204)
(598,148)
(678,352)
Depreciation charge for the year
(3,405)
(94,200)
(97,605)
Changes to decommissioning estimates expensed
(1,961)
—
(1,961)
At 31 December 2021
(85,570)
(692,348)
(777,918)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2020
21,617
186,410
208,027
Carrying amount at 31 December 2021
—
98,296
98,296
Oil and gas assets held under leases comprise solely the Aoka Mizu FPSO bareboat charter, which commenced in May 2019. During the year, this lease 
term was reassessed, resulting in a decrease in the leased asset value to nil (see note 5.2). Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Group agreed an 
extension to the charter (see note 7.4.2).
The total amount of depreciation charged to oil and gas assets and other fixed assets was $98.1 million (2020: $97.1 million).

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
82
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.3 Oil and gas assets continued
2.3.1 Impairment of oil and gas assets
Critical judgement – identification of impairment indicators for oil and gas assets
The asset balance relating to the Lancaster field held within property, plant and equipment is subject to an impairment assessment under IAS 36 
Impairment of Assets, whereby the Group is required to consider if there are any indicators of impairment. The judgement as to whether there 
are any indicators of impairment takes into consideration a number of internal and external factors, including: changes in estimated commercial 
Reserves; significant adverse changes to production versus previous estimates of management; changes in estimated future oil and gas prices; 
changes in estimated future capital and operating expenditure to develop and produce commercial Reserves; the market capitalisation of the 
Group falling and remaining significantly below the net book value of assets; and any indications that discount rates likely to be applied by market 
participants in assessing the asset’s recoverable amount may have increased.
If an impairment indicator exists, an impairment test, which compares carrying value to the asset’s recoverable amount (being the higher of value 
in use and fair value less cost to sell), is required to be carried out.
Critical judgements and key source of estimation uncertainty – estimated future cash flows of oil and gas assets used 
for impairment testing 
The Group assesses its assets and cash-generating units (CGUs) in each reporting period to determine whether any indicators of impairment exist. 
Where indicators exist, a formal impairment test is undertaken to estimate the recoverable amount (which is the higher of fair value less costs of 
disposal (FVLCD) and value in use (VIU)). For the Lancaster field, the recoverable amount was based on VIU. 
In making these estimates, a judgement was made in respect of assuming that an extension to the Aoka Mizu lease would be agreed, allowing 
Lancaster EPS operations to continue until such time as the estimated economic limit was reached (June 2024 based on the forecasts for 
production, oil price and operating costs). 
These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant risk and uncertainty, and therefore changes to external factors and internal 
developments and plans can significantly impact these projections, which could lead to additional impairments or reversals in future periods. 
Sensitivity analysis to some of these estimates and assumptions are outlined below.
The triggers for the impairment test were the non-sanction of the proposed financial restructuring in June 2021, and the decision not to extend the lease 
of the Aoka Mizu FPSO beyond June 2022. The recoverable amount was determined based on management’s best estimate of value in use, using key 
assumptions, judgements and estimates as outlined below.
The key assumptions used within each cash flow projection are based on best estimates using past experience, latest internal technical analysis and 
external factors, and include:
	5 production forecasts in line with those included in the 2022 ERCE CPR; and
	5 Dated Brent oil price assumptions (in real terms) of $76/bbl average for 2022, $70/bbl in 2023 and $67/bbl in 2024 (being forecasts of future oil prices 
extant as at 31 December 2021, as required by IAS 36);
	5 operating cost assumptions based on latest budgets, contracts and information from key suppliers;
	5 an extension to the Aoka Mizu FPSO charter allowing production to continue until June 2024 (being the estimated economic limit for the P6 well 
alone based on the forecasts for production, oil price and operating costs as outlined above), and an assumption that neither party exercises their 
respective termination option that would result in an end to the charter prior to that point; and
	5 a pre-tax real discount rate of 9.0%.
These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, and therefore changes to external factors and internal developments and plans 
have the ability to significantly impact these projections, which could lead to additional impairments or future reversals in future periods.
The results of the impairment test were that no impairment charge was necessary; although this was subject to the key judgement that it would be 
possible to agree an alternative extension to the bareboat charter beyond June 2022 until such time as, based on management’s forecast of production 
rates, operating costs and oil prices, production became uneconomic.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
83
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.3 Oil and gas assets continued
2.3.1 Impairment of oil and gas assets continued
The estimated impairment charge that would be recognised as a result of changes to some of these key estimates and assumptions made (in isolation) 
is as follows:
Impairment
charge
$’000
Oil price assumption:
$5/bbl decrease to price curve
—
$10/bbl decrease to price curve
20.2
Forecast production rates:
5% decrease
—
10% decrease
5.8
Cessation of production and FPSO charter end date
October 2022
14.1
December 2022
3.6
December 2023
—
The sensitivities disclosed are considered in isolation and a result of changing only one variable.
A $10/bbl decrease to the forecast oil price is considered to be reasonably possible based on oil price volatility, and a 10% decrease to forecast production 
rates are considered to be reasonably possible based on experienced uptime and production levels. 
The triggers for the prior period impairment charges were the downward revision of estimated recoverable reserves as a result of the Technical Review 
and updated CPR, the decline in oil prices across the first half of 2020 and the market capitalisation of the Group falling below its net assets. The charge 
was allocated pro-rata to owned and leased assets based on their respective carrying values pre-impairment.
2.4 Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
Accounting policy
The Group follows the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and gas exploration and evaluation activities (intangible exploration 
and evaluation assets) as permitted by IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources.
Pre-licence costs, which relate to costs incurred prior to having obtained the legal right to explore an area, are charged directly to the Income 
Statement within operating expenses as they are incurred.
Once a licence has been awarded, all licence fees and exploration and appraisal costs relating to that licence are initially capitalised in well, field 
or specific exploration cost centres as appropriate pending determination. These costs include directly attributable staff and related overhead 
expenditure, which is allocated to assets via the Group’s timewriting process. Expenditure incurred during the various exploration and appraisal 
phases is then written off unless commercial Reserves have been established or the determination process has not been completed.
When commercial Reserves have been found and a field development plan has been approved, the net capitalised costs incurred to date in respect 
of those Reserves are transferred into a single field cost centre and reclassified as oil and gas properties within property, plant and equipment 
(subject to an impairment test before reclassification). Subsequent development costs in respect of the Reserves are capitalised within oil and 
gas properties.
If there are indicators of impairment (examples of which include the surrender, expiry or expected non-renewal of a licence; a lack of planned or 
budgeted substantive expenditure for a particular field; insufficient commercially viable Reserves resulting in a discontinuation of development; 
and data existing which indicates that the carrying amount of an asset is unlikely to be fully recovered either from successful development or sale), 
an impairment test is performed comparing the carrying value with its recoverable amount, being the higher of value in use (calculated as the 
estimated discounted future cash flows based on management’s expectations of future oil and gas prices, production and costs) and its estimated 
fair value less costs to sell. Capitalised costs which are subsequently written off are classified as operating expenses.
The Group may enter into farm-out arrangements, whereby it assigns an interest in Reserves and future production to another party (the farmee). 
For farm-outs of assets that are in the exploration and evaluation stage, the Group does not recognise any consideration in respect of the farmee’s 
committed or expected carry but continues to hold its remaining interest at the previous cost of the full interest, less any cash consideration 
received from the farmee upon entering the arrangement.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
84
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.4 Intangible exploration and evaluation assets continued
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Note
$’000
$’000
At 1 January
55,390
75,874
Additions
5,235
25,623
Provision for impairment and exploration expenditure written off
2.4.1
(54,280)
(47,476)
Changes to decommissioning estimates
2.5
(2,515)
1,369
At 31 December
3,830
55,390
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets represent the Group’s share of the cost of licence interests and exploration and evaluation expenditure within 
its licensed acreage in the West of Shetland area, which comprise Lincoln (on licence P1368(S)), Warwick (licence P2294) and Halifax (licence P2308).
Additions during the period primarily comprised licence fees, geological and other subsurface studies undertaken, long-lead items ordered in previous 
years for potential future development activity and capitalised timewriting costs. 
2.4.1 Impairment and write-off of intangible exploration and evaluation assets
Critical judgement – identification of impairment indicators for intangible exploration and evaluation assets
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment when circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may exceed 
its recoverable value. This judgement is made with reference to the impairment indicators outlined in note 2.4 above. 
The directors have fully considered and reviewed the potential value of licence interests, including carried forward exploration and evaluation 
expenditure. The directors have considered the Group’s tenure to its licence interests, its plan for further exploration and evaluation activities in relation 
to these and the likely opportunities for realising the value of the Group’s licences, either by farm-out or by development of the assets.
An impairment charge of $54.3 million has been recognised against the full carrying amount of exploration and evaluation expenditure attributable 
to the Lincoln asset on licence P1368(S). The Group and its joint operation partner, Spirit Energy, had a regulatory obligation to commence drilling a well 
on the P1368(S) licence (the ‘obligation well’) by 30 June 2022. During the year, the joint operation partners engaged with the Regulator on the technical 
re-evaluation and interpretation of the licence potential and requested a regulatory amendment of the obligation well to a later commencement date. 
The Regulator indicated, as part of its considerations, that it was not content to support a deferral of the obligation well unless the joint operation 
partners satisfy the Regulator that they will be able to fund the obligation well in a timely manner. In December 2021, given the respective partners 
financial circumstances and related challenges of securing additional funding for the Lincoln obligation well, the joint operation partners elected to 
continue plans to suspend further funding towards well planning and drilling of the Lincoln obligation well in 2022. In April 2022, the joint operation 
partners agreed to voluntarily surrender the P1368(S) licence (see note 7.4.3).
In 2020, following the finalisation of the 2021 CPR, provision for impairment of $35.4 million was recognised against the full carrying amount of 
exploration and evaluation expenditure attributable to the Halifax licence, as the CPR did not attribute any Reserves or Contingent Resources to Halifax, 
and the Group has no plans or budgets for substantive expenditure on further exploration or evaluation on this licence. $12.1 million of exploration and 
evaluation expenditure was also written off, comprising the Group’s share of standby costs for the Paul B Loyd Jr rig, which was on hire but not used for 
any drilling campaigns during 2020. 

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
85
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.5 Decommissioning provisions
Accounting policy
Provisions for decommissioning are recognised in full when wells have been suspended or facilities have been installed. A corresponding amount 
equivalent to the provision is also recognised as part of the cost of either the related oil and gas exploration and evaluation asset or property, 
plant and equipment as appropriate. The amount recognised is the estimated cost of decommissioning, discounted to its net present value, 
and is reassessed each year in accordance with local conditions and requirements. Changes in the estimated timing of decommissioning or 
decommissioning cost estimates are dealt with prospectively by recording an adjustment to the provision, and a corresponding adjustment to the 
related asset. Where the related asset is fully impaired, the corresponding adjustment is recognised in profit and loss. The unwinding of the discount 
on the decommissioning provision is classified within finance costs.
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
At 1 January
61,141
55,673
Net new provisions and changes in estimates
(1,921)
7,459
Utilised in year
(9,894)
(2,108)
Unwinding of discount
3.2
20
117
At 31 December
49,346
61,141
Of which:
Current
—
15,466
Non-current
49,346
45,675
49,346
61,141
Restricted funds held in respect of decommissioning:
Restricted cash
4.1
—
2,244
Liquid investments
4.1
37,783
22,811
37,783
25,055
The provisions for decommissioning relate to the costs required to decommission the Lancaster EPS installations and the costs required to clean, remove 
and restore the Aoka Mizu FPSO at the end of the charter term. The decommissioning provision has been classified as non-current in line with the 
assumptions made for impairment testing of oil and gas assets, which assumes a cessation of production of the Lancaster field and expected incurrence 
of decommissioning costs in June 2024; being the estimated point at which the EPS becomes uneconomic absent any incremental development. 
Estimated costs are discounted at a rate of 0.67%.
Changes in estimates in the period have arisen from change in the assumed discount rate, changes in foreign exchange rates, increases to the assumed 
inflation rate and refined estimates to the expected costs and timing of decommissioning the EPS and FPSO; and actualisation of provisions for the 
Lincoln and Lancaster 4Z wells.
Of the total net new provisions and changes in estimates, $2.5 million was recorded as non-cash reductions to intangible exploration and evaluation 
assets, $1.5 million as non-cash additions to oil and gas assets, $2.5 million credited to receivables due from the Group’s joint operation partner and 
$1.6 million charged directly to the Income Statement (as they related to changes in estimates on fully impaired assets and right-of-use assets). 
The utilisation of provisions during the period related to the plugging and abandonment of the Lincoln-14 well, and the Lancaster 4Z wells.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
86
Section 2. Oil and gas operations continued
2.6 Joint operations
In September 2018 the Group entered into a joint operation with Spirit to share costs and risks associated with the Greater Warwick Area (GWA) in 
exchange for granting Spirit a 50% interest in the Group’s P1368(S) and P2294 licences. The phased work programme was intended to comprise a planned 
tie-back of a GWA well to the Aoka Mizu FPSO, together with host modifications to the vessel and a gas export tie-in to the West of Shetland Pipeline 
System (WOSPS). Hurricane was fully carried up to a gross cost of $180.6 million for the first phase of this activity, with costs in excess of the carry 
amount having been shared on a 50:50 basis. 
With effect from 6 March 2020, a new cost allocation framework was implemented whereby the joint operation builds-out only the equipment and 
materials required for a single-well tie-back to the Aoka Mizu FPSO. These long-lead items are currently being held in storage and preserved pending 
such time until the joint operation sanctions the tie-back of a well to the Aoka Mizu FPSO, with the required regulatory consents to do so. As part of this 
framework, the Group can elect to continue to build-out long-lead items related to the tie-in of the Aoka Mizu FPSO to the WOSPS on a sole risk basis 
as part of GLA activities. 
Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the joint operation agreed to surrender the P1368(S) licence – see notes 2.4.1 and 7.4.3.
The Group currently acts as operator of the joint operation and will continue to do so until such time as full field development workstreams commence.
Amounts due from and to the joint operation partner are shown in notes 4.2 and 4.3 respectively. 
Further details on the activities and progress of the joint operation are described in the Strategic Report.
2.7. Commitments
As at the balance sheet date, the Group had the following outstanding contractual and other commitments:
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Contractual commitments in respect of oil and gas assets
1,201
9,089
Contractual commitments in respect of exploration and evaluation assets
821
3,888
Commitments shown above are net of amounts expected to be funded by the Group’s joint operation partner. 

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
87
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 3. Income Statement
3.1 Earnings per share
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Profit/(loss) attributable to holders of Ordinary Shares in the Company used in calculating basic earnings per share 
(being profit/(loss) after tax)
18,236
(625,325)
Add back impact of:
Convertible Bond – interest expense
—
—
Convertible Bond – fair value gain
—
—
Profit/(loss) attributable to holders of Ordinary Shares in the Company used in calculating diluted earnings per share
18,236
(625,325)
Number
Number
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares used in calculating basic earnings per share
1,989,927,148 1,989,607,524
Potential dilutive effect of:
Convertible Bond
—
—
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares and potential Ordinary Shares used in  
calculating diluted earnings per share
1,989,970,937 1,989,607,524
Cents
Cents
Basic earnings per share
0.92
(31.43)
Diluted earnings per share
0.92
(31.43)
The potential impact of the conversion feature included within the Convertible Bond was antidilutive as their conversion to Ordinary Shares would have 
increased earnings per share in 2021.  The impact of the VCP and PSP awards (see note 3.4) was antidilutive in 2021 because market-based conditions for 
both schemes was not met at any point throughout the year.
The effect of the conversion feature included within the Convertible Bond, the VCP and PSP share awards and other share options outstanding in 2020 
were antidilutive as the Group incurred a loss. 
3.2 Finance income and costs
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Interest income on cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments
27
1,227
Net foreign exchange gains
—
1,469
Finance income
27
2,696
Convertible Bond interest expense (note 5.1)
(24,810)
(26,680)
Interest on lease liabilities (note 5.2)
(4,412)
(7,702)
Fair value losses on oil price derivatives
—
(3,420)
Other interest expense and bank charges
(217)
(241)
Net foreign exchange losses
(1,197)
—
Unwinding of discount on decommissioning provisions (note 2.5)
(20)
(117)
Finance costs
(30,656)
(38,160)
Net finance costs
(30,629)
(35,464)

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
88
Section 3. Income Statement continued
3.3 General and administrative expenditure
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Wages and salaries
9,939
10,001
Social security costs
1,226
937
Defined contribution pension costs
689
720
Staff costs
11,854
11,658
Non-staff costs 
22,958
7,409
Gross general and administrative expenditure before recharges
34,812
19,067
Capitalised into oil and gas assets
(3,025)
(3,499)
Capitalised into intangible exploration and evaluation assets
(3,456)
(7,121)
Included within cost of sales
(4,752)
(5,591)
Net general and administrative expenditure before non-cash items
23,579
2,856
Non-cash general and administrative costs:
Net share-based payment charge (note 3.4)
1,956
821
Depreciation of other fixed assets and other right-of-use assets
495
552
Impairment of other right-of-use assets
719
—
General and administrative expenditure
26,749
4,229
Number
Number
Average number of employees
55
62
Details of directors’ remuneration are provided in the Remuneration Report.
3.4 Share-based payments
Accounting policy
The cost of equity-settled share-based employee compensation arrangements is recognised as an employee benefit expense in the Income 
Statement. The total expense to be apportioned over the vesting period of the benefit is determined by reference to the fair value (excluding 
the effect of non-market vesting conditions) at the date of grant.
The corresponding credit entry for share-based employee compensation arrangements is recognised in equity within the share option reserve.
The assumptions underlying the number of awards expected to vest are subsequently adjusted for the effects of non-market conditions to 
reflect the circumstances prevailing at the balance sheet date. Fair value is measured using statistical models. The expected vesting period 
used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of the non-transferability, exercise restrictions 
and behavioural considerations.
The Share Incentive Plan (SIP) Trust is a separately administered discretionary trust whose assets mainly comprise shares in the Company. 
Own shares held by the SIP Trust are deducted from shareholders’ funds and held at historical cost until they are sold to employees to satisfy 
share incentive plans. The assets, liabilities, income and costs of the SIP Trust are included in both the Company’s and the consolidated 
Financial Statements.
During 2021, the Group operated a number of share-based payment plans, including several Performance Share Plans (PSPs), the Value Creation Plan (VCP) 
and the Company’s HMRC-approved SIP. The Group recognised a total charge of $2.0 million in respect of share-based payments in 2021 (2020: charge 
of $0.8 million).
Details of the agreements that have had a material impact on the Financial Statements are set out below.
There were no performance-based share awards or options outstanding as at 31 December 2021.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
89
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 3. Income Statement continued
3.4 Share-based payments continued
3.4.1 PSP awards
Year ended 
Year ended 
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Number of
Number of
awards
awards
Outstanding at 1 January
27,684,850
29,837,413
Granted
—
2,664,220
Forfeited/lapsed
(27,684,850)
(4,816,783)
Outstanding at 31 December
—
27,684,850
Under the Hurricane Energy 2013 PSP certain employees, including Executive Directors, were granted conditional rights to receive Ordinary Shares at nil 
cost. The share awards were subject to the Group meeting certain Milestones. Some awards had a vesting date of November 2021, in line with the VCP, 
and others (which were also subject to further market-based conditions) vested in January 2023 (but still would only vest should the VCP also vest in 
November 2021).
As the VCP did not vest, all PSP awards lapsed unvested during the period. For those PSP awards that had a vesting date after November 2021 
an accelerated charge of $0.3 million was recognised in 2021.
3.4.2 VCP awards
In November 2016, the Group introduced the VCP for employees and Executive Directors, involving the issue of 840 Growth Shares in Hurricane Group 
Limited (a Group subsidiary). The awards vesting were subject to the Group meeting certain Milestones, with the vesting period being from grant date 
to the expiry of the VCP’s five-year term (November 2021). Although certain Milestones were met over the term, the share price hurdle target of £0.55 
at expiry was not met, and therefore all VCP awards lapsed unexercised upon expiry.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
90
Section 4. Cash, working capital and financial instruments
Accounting policies applicable in general to this section
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument.
Fair value
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants 
at the measurement date. All assets and liabilities, for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the Financial Statements, are categorised within 
the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 – quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 – valuation techniques for which the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and
Level 3 – valuation techniques for which the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.
Financial assets
Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value, and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any allowances for losses using the expected 
credit loss model, being the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Group in accordance with the contract and all the cash 
flows that the Group expects to receive.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL) or as other financial liabilities. The Group 
derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group’s obligations are discharged or cancelled, or they expire. Upon derecognition, the 
difference between the consideration paid to extinguish the liability and the carrying value of the liability at time of derecognition is recognised 
as a gain in the Income Statement, net of any direct transaction costs.
Financial liabilities are classified at FVTPL when the financial liability is either held for trading or it is designated at FVTPL. A financial liability 
is classified as held for trading if it has been incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing it in the near term or is a derivative that is not 
a designated or effective hedging instrument.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss. The net 
gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability.
Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs and are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an effective yield basis.
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the 
relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the 
financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.
Derivatives (other than embedded derivatives)
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value 
at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement immediately. The Group does not currently designate 
any derivatives as hedging instruments.
A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial 
liability. A derivative is presented as non-current if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not expected to 
be realised or settled within 12 months.
Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.
4.1 Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments
Accounting policy
Cash includes cash on hand and cash with banks and financial institutions.
Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash with three months or less 
remaining to maturity from the date of acquisition and that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.
Liquid investments are defined as short-term investments in fixed-term deposit accounts of between 3 and 12 months’ maturity.
Cash and cash equivalents, and liquid investments, include amounts held in escrow or other reserved accounts that are contractually restricted to 
be used only for certain payments or transactions, and where the approval process for release of those funds is perfunctory, e.g., for dispersal to 
certain independent third parties for work undertaken as part of the Group’s operations, or for coupon payments on the Convertible Bond. Such 
amounts are classified as non-current if the payment or transaction is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
91
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 4. Cash, working capital and financial instruments continued
4.1 Cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments continued
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Restricted
Unrestricted
Total
Restricted
Unrestricted
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Current cash and cash equivalents 
7,934
68,858
76,792
28,792
114,911
143,703
Non-current cash and equivalents
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cash and cash equivalents  
(per Cash Flow Statement)
7,934
68,858
76,792
28,792
114,911
143,703
Liquid investments
37,783
—
37,783
22,811
—
22,811
Total cash and cash equivalents 
and liquid investments
45,717
68,858
114,575
51,603
114,911
166,514
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values.
The movement in restricted and unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments is as follows:
Restated
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
Restricted
Unrestricted
Total
Restricted
Unrestricted
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
At 1 January
51,603
114,911
166,514
14,843
156,591
171,434
Operating cash flows
—
147,970
147,970
—
81,770
81,770
Change in Lancaster EPS decommissioning 
security arrangements
15,530
(15,530)
—
22,811
(22,811)
—
Capital expenditure and other investing cash flows
—
(15,095)
(15,095)
—
(60,793)
(60,793)
Financing cash flows
—
(183,562)
(183,562)
—
(28,368)
(28,368)
Movement in FPSO early termination reserve
(18,670)
18,670
—
14,807
(14,807)
—
Net release of other restricted funds
(2,244)
2,244
—
(892)
892
—
Foreign exchange rate changes
(502)
(750)
(1,252)
34
2,437
2,471
At 31 December
45,717
68,858
114,575
51,603
114,911
166,514
The presentation of certain comparative lines has been restated – see note 1.3.
Included within restricted cash and cash equivalents is $7.9 million (2020: $26.5 million) set aside in relation to the Aoka Mizu FPSO bareboat charter. 
Under the terms of the contract, the Group is required to ring-fence amounts to ensure it could meet its liability to pay an early termination fee to the 
lessor if the contract was terminated by the Group earlier than the expiry of an option period. Under the current lease, this amount will be released into 
unrestricted cash on a straight-line basis and be fully released at the expiry of the current lease term. Following the agreement in March 2022 to extend 
the lease (see note 7.4.2), a secured deposit account of up to $18.7 million will be established and classified as restricted cash.
The $37.8 million restricted liquid investment balance comprises decommissioning security in place for the Lancaster EPS. As part of the original Lancaster 
Field Development Plan approval, the Group was required to provide security of £16.8 million for its decommissioning liability on the Lancaster field, being 
the estimated post-tax amount to meet future decommissioning obligations. This security was placed in a decommissioning bond and subsequently 
released to unrestricted cash during 2019 as the bond conditions were satisfied. Following the downwards revision of Reserves and Contingent Resources 
in September 2020 and the ongoing uncertainty with regard to oil prices, the bond provider requested that the Company provide cash collateral for 
100% of the bond’s value. As the Group would derive no benefit from the bond while still paying fees to the bond provider, the decommissioning bond 
was terminated by mutual agreement and the required security amount was placed back into trust (classified within restricted liquid investments). 
In June 2021, the Group agreed with the Regulator to place an additional £11.2 million ($15.5 million) into trust, in order to provide security for its 
decommissioning liability on the Lancaster field on a pre-tax basis.
During 2021, $2.2 million of restricted cash relating to decommissioning security for the suspended Lancaster 205/21a-4z well was released back to the 
Group following completion of its plug and abandonment.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
92
Section 4. Cash, working capital and financial instruments continued
4.2 Trade and other receivables
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Amounts due from joint operation partner
813
12,024
Trade receivables
423
393
Prepayments 
1,058
1,644
Other receivables
297
463
2,591
14,524
The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values and are unsecured. Joint operation 
receivables represent amounts which will be recovered from the Group’s joint operation partner. Amounts billed to the joint operation partner accrue 
interest at LIBOR/SONIA and are generally due for settlement within ten days of being invoiced.
4.3 Trade and other payables
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Trade payables
2,915
2,748
Other payables
351
646
Accruals
15,577
12,962
18,843
16,356
The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values and are unsecured. Trade and other 
payables are non-interest bearing and generally payable within 30 days.
Trade and other payables and accruals include the Group’s share of joint operation payables, including amounts that the Group settles on behalf 
of joint operation partners. Accruals include expenditure relating to joint operations incurred by the Group as operator which have yet to be billed 
to joint operation partners.
4.4 Financial risk management
The Group monitors and manages the financial risks relating to its operations on a continuous basis. These include market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk.
The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivatives, for speculative purposes. Other than the financial instruments referred 
to below, the Group’s significant financial instruments are cash and cash equivalents (note 4.1), financial trade and other payables (note 4.3), financial 
trade and other receivables (note 4.2) and its Convertible Bond debt (note 5.1).
The Group considers the carrying value of all its financial assets and liabilities to be materially the same as their fair value with the exception of the 
Convertible Bond. The Convertible Bond’s carrying value at the balance sheet date was split between the host debt contract at amortised cost with 
a carrying value of $77.4 million and the embedded derivative with a fair value of $0.03 million. As at 31 December 2021, the fair value of the entire 
instrument based on the exchange traded value (categorised as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy) was $75.5 million (31 December 2020: $103.5 million).
4.4.1 Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk 
comprises foreign exchange, interest rate and other commodity price risk.
Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk is the risk that fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. 
The Group undertakes transactions denominated in currencies other than its functional currency (which is the US Dollar). For transactions denominated 
in Pounds Sterling, the Group manages this risk by holding Sterling against actual or expected Sterling commitments to act as an economic hedge against 
exchange rate movements. From time to time, the Group enters into foreign exchange swaps to hedge specific future payments in other currencies; 
no such swaps were entered into or matured in the current or prior year. The Group has not designated any financial instruments as hedging instruments 
or hedged items.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
93
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 4. Cash, working capital and financial instruments continued
4.4 Financial risk management continued
4.4.1 Market risk continued
Foreign currency risk continued
The Group’s cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments are mainly held in US Dollars and Pounds Sterling. At 31 December 2021, 40% of the Group’s 
cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments were held in US Dollars (2020: 83%).
A 10% increase in the strength of Sterling against the US Dollar would cause an estimated increase of $5.3 million (2020: $1.8 million increase) on the 
profit after tax of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021, with a 10% weakening causing an equal and opposite decrease. The impact on equity 
is the same as the impact on profit after tax. The exposure to other foreign currency exchange movements is not material. This sensitivity analysis 
includes the impact of retranslating foreign currency denominated monetary items at the balance sheet date, and assumes all other variables remain 
unchanged. Whilst the effect of any movement in exchange rates upon revaluing foreign currency denominated monetary items is charged or credited 
to the Income Statement, the economic effect of holding Pounds Sterling against actual or expected commitments in Pounds Sterling is an economic 
hedge against exchange rate movements.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.
The Group is exposed to interest rate movements through its cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments which earn interest at variable interest rates.
For the year ended 31 December 2021, a 1% increase in interest rates would have increased the Group’s profit after tax by approximately $0.9 million, and 
a 0.5% decrease would have reduced the Group’s profit after tax by approximately $0.5 million, assuming that the amount of cash and cash equivalents 
at the balance sheet date had been in place for the whole year. The impact on equity would be the same as the impact on profit after tax.
Other price risk – commodity price risk
Commodity risk primarily arises from the sale of crude oil from the Lancaster EPS, as the price realised from the sale of crude oil is determined primarily 
by reference to quoted market prices in the month of lifting. Crude oil price risk is partially mitigated by a proportion of cost of sales (variable lease 
payments) being linked to the price of crude oil sold.
The Group enters into other commodity contracts (such as purchases of carbon emission allowances, fuel and chemicals) in the normal course of 
business, which are not derivatives, and are recognised at cost when the transactions occur.
In June 2020, the Group hedged a portion of its forecast production for the second half of 2020. A total of 1.8 MMbbls (the equivalent of c.10,000 bopd) 
were hedged with an average strike price of $35/bbl. The options expired on 31 December 2020 out of the money, with the full cost of acquiring the put 
options of $3.4 million recognised within finance costs and cash flows from operations in the Income Statement and Cash Flow Statement respectively. 
There were no other commodity price derivative contracts in place or outstanding at the balance sheet date. 
4.4.2 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering 
cash or other financial assets. 
Financial liabilities of the Group comprise trade payables (note 4.3), lease liabilities (note 5.2) and the Convertible Bond (note 5.1). The maturity analysis 
of financial liabilities is shown in note 5.3.
The Group manages its liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents where possible to cover its liabilities as and when they fall due. 
Methods of achieving this include utilising receivable factoring to accelerate receipt of cash due from crude oil sales (accelerating from standard payment 
terms to receipt within two to three working days after lifting), and cash calling amounts in advance from joint operation partners if required.
4.4.3 Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the Group will suffer a financial loss as a result of another party failing to discharge an obligation and arises from cash and 
other liquid investments deposited with banks and financial institutions, receivables from the sale of crude oil, and receivables outstanding from its joint 
operation partner.
Customers, banks and joint operation partners are subject to risk assessments using due diligence tools, credit reference agencies, and other publicly 
available information with regular monitoring to determine if the level of credit risk has changed. For deposits lodged at banks and financial institutions, 
only those parties with at least investment grade credit ratings assigned by an international credit rating agency are accepted. Similarly, where the 
Group enters into factoring arrangements to accelerate the receipt of cash from sales of crude oil, only banks with at least investment grade credit 
ratings are used.
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at year end. 
The Group has no material financial assets that are past due.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
94
Section 5. Capital and debt
5.1 Convertible Bond
Accounting policies
Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity 
instruments issued by the Group are recognised at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
Where warrants are granted in conjunction with other equity instruments, which themselves meet the definition of equity, they are recorded at 
their fair value, which is measured using an appropriate valuation model. Warrants which do not meet the definition of equity are classified as 
derivative financial instruments.
The component parts of compound instruments, such as Convertible Bonds, issued by the Group are classified separately as financial liabilities 
and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.
If the conversion feature of a Convertible Bond issued does not meet the definition of an equity instrument, that portion is classified as an 
embedded derivative and measured accordingly. The debt component of the instrument is determined by deducting the fair value of the 
conversion option at inception from the fair value of the consideration received for the instrument as a whole. The debt component amount is 
recorded as a financial liability on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest rate method until extinguished upon conversion or at the 
instrument’s maturity date.
Where debt instruments issued by the Group are repurchased for cancellation, the financial liability is derecognised at the point at which cash 
consideration is settled. Upon derecognition, the difference between the liability’s carrying amount that has been cancelled and the consideration 
paid is recognised as a gain in the Income Statement, net of any direct transaction costs.
Embedded derivatives
Derivatives embedded in financial instruments or other host contracts that are not financial assets are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts and the host contracts are not measured at FVTPL. Derivatives 
embedded in financial instruments or other host contracts that are financial assets are not separated; instead, the entire contract is accounted 
for either at amortised cost or fair value as appropriate.
An embedded derivative is presented as non-current if the remaining maturity of the compound instrument to which the embedded derivative 
relates is more than 12 months and is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly relating to the construction or production of a qualifying capital project under construction are capitalised and added 
to the project cost during construction until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use, i.e., when they are capable 
of commercial production. The amount of borrowing costs eligible to be capitalised is reduced by an amount equivalent to any interest income 
received on temporary reinvestment of those borrowings.
In July 2017 the Group raised $230 million (gross) from the successful placement of the Convertible Bond. The Convertible Bond was issued at par and 
carries a coupon of 7.5% payable quarterly in arrears. The Convertible Bond is convertible into fully paid Ordinary Shares with the initial conversion price 
set at $0.52, representing a 25% premium above the placing price of the concurrent equity placement, being £0.32 (converted into US Dollars at a USD/
GBP rate of 1.30). The number of potential Ordinary Shares that could be issued if all the Convertible Bonds were converted is 442,307,692 (assuming 
conversion at the initial conversion price of $0.52). The impact of these potential Ordinary Shares on diluted earnings per share is shown in note 3.1. 
Unless previously converted, redeemed or purchased and cancelled, the Convertible Bond will be redeemed at par on 24 July 2022. The Convertible 
Bond is subject to a covenant which imposes a restriction on the incurrence of certain indebtedness. This restriction shall not apply in respect of: 
	5 any indebtedness in respect of the Convertible Bond (Bond Debt);
	5 any other indebtedness where the aggregate principal amount of such other indebtedness, when combined with the aggregate principal amount 
of all other indebtedness of the Group from time to time (excluding the Bond Debt), would not cause the total indebtedness of the Group on 
a consolidated basis to exceed $45 million (or the equivalent thereof in other currencies at then current rates of exchange); and
	5 any permitted indebtedness, being:
	@ any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease, with 
respect to the bareboat charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO;
	@ amounts borrowed, or any guarantee or indemnity given with respect to any security, where required by the Oil and Gas Authority or any other 
applicable regulator, in relation to suspended wells, decommissioning or other related regulatory obligations of the Group; and
	@ any amount raised under any transaction, having the commercial effect of borrowing, in respect of the deferral of payment of invoices due to 
Technip UK Limited (or any of its affiliated companies) in connection with the agreement for the provision of subsea umbilical risers and flowlines 
and subsea production systems for the Company’s operations in the Lancaster field.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
95
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 5. Capital and debt continued
5.1 Convertible Bond continued
The conversion feature of the Convertible Bonds is classified as an embedded derivative as the Convertible Bonds can be settled by the Group in cash 
and hence does not meet the ‘fixed for fixed’ criteria outlined in IAS 32 for recognition as an equity instrument. It has therefore been measured at fair 
value through profit and loss. The amount recognised at inception in respect of the host debt contract was determined by deducting the fair value of 
the conversion option at inception (the embedded derivative) from the fair value of the consideration received for the Convertible Bond. The debt 
component is then recognised at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, until extinguished upon conversion or at maturity. The effective 
interest rate applicable to the debt component is 13.5%.
The amounts recognised in the Financial Statements related to the Convertible Bond (which, together with leases as disclosed in note 5.2, are the Group’s 
liabilities arising from financing activities) are as follows:
Debt
Derivative
component
component
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
Carrying value at 1 January 2020
206,604
36,316
242,920
Cash interest paid
(17,250)
—
(17,250)
Fair value gains
—
(35,431)
(35,431)
Interest charged
26,680
—
26,680
Carrying value at 31 December 2020
216,034
885
216,919
Cash interest paid
(17,372)
—
(17,372)
Cash consideration for repurchase of Convertible Bond principal
(130,346)
—
(130,346)
Gain on repurchase
(15,753)
(2,759)
(18,512)
Fair value loss
—
1,901
1,901
Interest charged
24,810
—
24,810
Carrying value at 31 December 2021
77,373
27
77,400
Fair value at 31 December 2020
102,615
885
103,500
Fair value at 31 December 2021
75,449
27
75,476
5.1.1 Repurchase of Convertible Bonds
During the year, the Group repurchased $151.5 million of nominal Convertible Bond debt for cash consideration of $131.9 million, including accrued 
interest of $1.6 million. An initial tender offer in September resulted in $78.0 million of Convertible Bonds being repurchased at a cost of $61.7 million 
including accrued interest of $0.8 million. The average price achieved in this tender was 78%. During December 2021, the Company undertook further 
buybacks, in various tranches. These transactions resulted in $73.5 million of nominal bonds repurchased at a cost of $70.3 million, including $0.8 million 
accrued interest. The average price achieved of these tranches was 95%. As at 31 December 2021, the nominal value of Convertible Bonds remaining in 
issue was $78.5 million.
The net gain on the repurchase of the Convertible Bonds is reconciled as follows:
$’000
Carrying value of Convertible Bond debt portion derecognised
146,099
Carrying value of Convertible Bond derivative portion derecognised
2,759
Cash consideration paid
(130,346)
Gross gain on repurchase
18,512
Transaction costs
(1,311)
Net gain on repurchase of Convertible Bonds
17,201
 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
96
Section 5. Capital and debt continued
5.1 Convertible Bond continued
5.1.2 Embedded derivative valuation
The embedded derivative component of the Convertible Bond is categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, as the derivatives themselves are 
not traded on an active market and their fair values are determined using a valuation technique that uses one key input that is not based on observable 
market data, being share price volatility. 
The key inputs used are share price volatility (calculated as the volatility of one Hurricane Ordinary Share over a period equivalent to the remaining 
expected term to redemption) and the price of one Ordinary Share at 31 December 2021. In determining the fair value of the embedded derivative, the 
likelihood of the early redemption option being exercised and the likelihood of a change of control of the Group within the life of the Convertible Bond 
were considered. The likelihood of each was considered to be nil for the purposes of the valuation.
The fair value calculation at 31 December 2021 used a share price volatility assumption of 117.6% (2020: 118.2%) and the price of one Hurricane Energy plc 
Ordinary Share as at the balance sheet date of £0.038 (2020: £0.025). Given the remaining time to maturity, it is not considered that there is a significant risk 
of changes to these assumptions resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the embedded derivative within the next financial year.
5.2 Leases
Accounting policy
The Group enters into leases of property, equipment and oil exploration, development and production assets. The most significant leases are the 
bareboat charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO, which commenced in May 2019, and the leases of various office properties.
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of lease payments unpaid at the commencement date. Lease payments are discounted 
using the incremental borrowing rate (being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar 
value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions), unless the rate implicit in the lease is available. The Group currently uses 
the incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate for all leases. For the purposes of measuring the lease liability, lease payments comprise fixed 
payments and variable lease payments based on an index or rate.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, which comprises the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any lease payments made prior to lease 
commencement, initial direct costs incurred and the estimated cost of restoration or decommissioning, less any lease incentives received. Following 
previous impairments and reassessment of the lease term, the Aoka Mizu FPSO right-of-use asset is nil and therefore is not being depreciated. Other 
right-of-use assets are depreciated over the lease term (or useful life, if shorter). Right-of-use assets are subject to an impairment test if events and 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may exceed the recoverable amount.
Lease repayments made are allocated to capital repayment and interest so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining lease 
liability balance. 
Right-of-use assets are presented within property, plant and equipment. Lease liabilities are presented as separate line items on the face of the 
Balance Sheet. In the Cash Flow Statement, lease repayments (of both the principal and interest portions) are presented within cash used in 
financing activities, except for payments for leases of short-term and low-value assets and variable lease payments, which are presented within 
cash flows from operating activities or cash used in investing activities in accordance with the relevant Group accounting policy.
Leases of low-value items (such as office equipment) and short-term leases (where the lease term is 12 months or less, which include the rental of 
drilling rigs) are expensed on a straight-line basis to the Income Statement or capitalised into intangible exploration and evaluation assets and/or oil 
and gas assets in accordance with the relevant Group accounting policy. Variable lease payments linked to the sale of crude oil are recognised within 
cost of sales when the associated sale occurs.
The Group does not have any activities as a lessor.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
97
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 5. Capital and debt continued
5.2 Leases continued
Lease liabilities
The amounts recognised in the Financial Statements relating to lease liabilities (which are liabilities arising from financing activities) are as follows:
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
At 1 January
97,321
99,186
Remeasurement of lease liability
(67,337)
—
Cash payments of principal and interest
(18,596)
(9,658)
Interest charged
4,412
7,702
Foreign exchange movements
(10)
91
At 31 December
15,790
97,321
Of which:
Current
13,880
18,479
Non-current
1,910
78,842
15,790
97,321
The Group’s main lease is the bareboat charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO for which the Group makes fixed payments (which are included within the lease 
liability measurement) and variable payments (which are based on a percentage of the quantity and price of crude oil sold and recognised as an expense 
in the period in which the related sales are made – see note 2.2). Should the Group give notice to terminate the lease (other than by not exercising 
extension option periods), significant early termination penalties would apply. The Group is required to set aside amounts to cover a portion of these early 
termination penalties, the balance of which changes over time in line with the contract, and such balances are classified as restricted cash (see note 4.1).
The lease term for the Aoka Mizu FPSO was previously assessed to have been six years from inception of the lease (to June 2025), taking into account 
extension options and termination arrangements. On 4 June 2021, the Group announced it had resolved not to exercise its option to extend the bareboat 
charter of the Aoka Mizu FPSO for a period of three years from June 2022 to June 2025. As the Group elected not to exercise an option previously included 
in its determination of the lease term, the lease term was subsequently reassessed, for IFRS 16 accounting purposes, to be expiring at the end of the 
contractual period (being June 2022), and therefore the liability remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments. This resulted in a decrease to the 
lease liability of $67.3 million, decrease to the associated right-of-use asset cost of $18.2 million and a gain of $49.1 million recognised in profit and loss.
The assumption that the bareboat charter can be extended beyond June 2022 is a critical judgement within the assessment of impairment of oil and gas assets 
(note 2.3.1). Subsequent to the balance sheet date, an extension to the bareboat charter was agreed (see note 7.4.2) to cover an indefinite period with both lessor 
and lessee having the ability to terminate the lease with six months’ notice, with the current fixed and variable lease payment structure remaining in place.
Other charges to the Income Statement in respect of leases during the year included the following:
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets:
Oil and gas assets (included within cost of sales)
3,404
11,828
Other fixed assets (included within general and administrative expenses)
364
340
3,768
12,168
Provision for impairment of right-of-use assets:
Oil and gas assets (included within cost of sales)
—
60,166
Other fixed assets (included within general and administrative expenses)
719
—
719
60,166
Lease interest (included within finance costs)
4,412
7,702
Variable lease payments (included within cost of sales)
20,454
16,392
Following a reduction to staff numbers during the year and a move towards hybrid working arrangements, the Group recognised provision for impairment 
of $0.7 million in respect of one of its office leases. 
The total gross cash outflow for leases for the year was $39.1 million.
In 2020, the Group’s share of the expense relating to the short-term lease of the Paul B Loyd Jr rig was recognised within write-off of exploration and evaluation 
expenditure (see note 2.4.1). The expense relating to low-value leases and other short-term leases recognised in the Income Statement was not material.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
98
Section 5. Capital and debt continued
5.3 Maturity analysis of financial liabilities
The maturity analysis of contractual undiscounted cash flows for non-derivative financial liabilities is as follows:
Less than 
More than
6 months
6-12 months
1-2 years
2-5 years
5 years
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Trade payables and accruals
18,843
—
—
—
—
18,843
Convertible Bond interest
1,472
1,472
—
—
—
2,944
Convertible Bond principal
—
78,515
—
—
—
78,515
Lease liabilities
13,900
441
499
1,038
865
16,743
At 31 December 2021
34,215
80,428
499
1,038
865
117,045
Less than
More than
6 months
6-12 months
1-2 years
2-5 years
5 years
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Trade payables and accruals
16,356
—
—
—
—
16,356
Convertible Bond interest
8,625
8,625
12,938
—
—
30,188
Convertible Bond principal
—
—
230,000
—
—
230,000
Lease liabilities
4,801
13,799
27,877
69,976
1,295
117,748
At 31 December 2020
29,782
22,424
270,815
69,976
1,295
394,292
The maturity analysis for lease liabilities includes only those fixed lease repayments contracted to at the balance sheet date.
5.4 Share capital
Ordinary Shares
$’000
At 31 December 2019
1,990,228,053
2,883
Shares issued under employee share schemes
1,643,503
2
At 31 December 2020
 1,991,871,556 
2,885
Shares issued under employee share schemes
—
—
At 31 December 2021
1,991,871,556
2,885
The Company has one class of Ordinary Share, all of which are fully paid and have a par value of £0.001. The rights and obligations of holders of Ordinary 
Shares are disclosed in the Directors’ Report. The Company does not have an authorised share capital.
There are no outstanding warrants or rights relating to the Company’s Ordinary Shares.
5.5 Share option reserve
The share option reserve arises as a result of the expense recognised in the Income Statement to account for the cost of share-based employee 
compensation arrangements (see note 3.4).
5.6 Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve represents the cost of Ordinary Shares in Hurricane Energy plc purchased and held by the Group’s SIP Trust to satisfy the Group’s 
SIP administered by Global Shares Trustee Company Limited.
The SIP did not acquire any Ordinary Shares in 2021. In 2020 the SIP acquired 1,643,503 new Ordinary Shares in the Company of £0.001 nominal value at 
a price of 25.63p/share, all of which were allocated to participants. At 31 December 2021 there were 2,610,286 Ordinary Shares held in the SIP Trust (2020: 
3,196,522), with 1,872,498 allocated to participants (2020: 2,921,347).
5.7 Foreign exchange reserve
The foreign exchange reserve arose from the change in the Company’s functional and presentation currency from Pounds Sterling to US Dollars 
on 1 January 2017. 

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
99
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 5. Capital and debt continued
5.8 Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders 
and benefits for other stakeholders. 
The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.
Capital managed by the Group at 31 December 2021 consists of cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and equity attributable to equity holders of the 
parent. The capital structure is reviewed by management through regular internal and financial reporting and forecasting. As at 31 December 2021 equity 
attributable to equity holders of the parent was $86.9 million (2020: $66.7 million), whilst unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and liquid investments 
amounted to $68.9 million (2020: $114.9 million).
Section 6. Taxation
Accounting policy
Current and deferred tax, including UK corporation tax and overseas corporation tax, are provided at amounts expected to be paid using the tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
From time to time, entities within the Group may be entitled to claim tax deductions in relation to qualifying expenditure, such as the UK’s research 
and development tax incentive regime. Such allowances are accounted for as tax credits, reducing income tax payable and current tax expense, and 
are only recognised as current tax receivables when amounts have been agreed with the relevant tax authorities and not at the point that the claims 
are made. Deferred tax assets are recognised for unclaimed tax credits subject to the conditions outlined below.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated in respect of temporary differences using a balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are recorded for all temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying values for financial 
reporting purposes, except in relation to goodwill or the initial recognition of an asset as a transaction other than a business combination. 
A deferred tax asset is recorded only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deferred tax asset 
will be realised or if it can be offset against existing deferred tax liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability 
is settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Critical judgement and key source of estimation uncertainty – recognition of, and estimation of future taxable profits 
against which to recognise, deferred tax assets 
Judgement has been applied in determining whether deferred tax assets are recognised on the balance sheet (over and above the extent to which 
they offset deferred tax liabilities). Estimates of future taxable profits were made using the Group’s corporate cash flow model. The cash flows 
included in the corporate model are predominantly derived from future revenue from the Lancaster EPS arising from the currently producing wells, 
and future spend on currently unsanctioned capital projects. Estimates of future taxable profits were made using the Group’s corporate cash flow 
model, with key judgements and assumptions consistent with those used in testing the Lancaster assets for impairment (note 2.3.1). The results of 
the review concluded that there would not be sufficient forecast taxable profits at this time to recognise a deferred tax asset in excess of deferred 
tax liabilities.
Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits depend on management’s estimates of cash flows and taxable income. These estimates 
are primarily based on forecast cash flows from operations (which are impacted by production and sales volumes, oil and gas prices, hydrocarbon 
reserves and operating costs), as well as decommissioning estimates, future capital expenditure and capital structure. Should future cash flows and/
or taxable income differ significantly from these estimates, the ability of the Group to realise the net deferred tax assets recorded at the reporting 
date could be impacted.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
100
Section 6. Taxation continued
6.1 Tax charge for the year
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
UK corporation tax
Current tax – current and prior years
—
—
Total current tax
—
—
Deferred tax – current year
21
(44,501)
Deferred tax – prior year
5
(9,732)
Total deferred tax
26
(54,233)
Tax credit/(charge) per Income Statement
26
(54,233)
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
18,210
(571,092)
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities multiplied by standard combined rate of corporation tax in the UK applicable 
to oil and gas companies of 40% (2020: 40%)
(7,284)
228,437
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
(1,934)
(4,656)
Income not chargeable for tax purposes
7,692
15,138
Items taxed at rates other than the standard rate of 40%
(2,064)
(24)
Ring-fence expenditure supplement
20,560
22,769
Prior period deferred tax
5
(9,732)
Losses not recognised 
(6,687)
(306,165)
Impact of tax rate change
25
—
Chargeable gain
(10,287)
—
Total tax credit/(charge) for the year
26
(54,233)
The chargeable gain in the period arose as a consequence of the repurchase and cancellation of some of the Group’s Convertible Bonds (note 5.1.1) due 
to crystallisation of the underlying embedded derivative. No cash tax has arisen as a consequence of this chargeable gain.
6.2 Deferred tax
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Accelerated capital allowances
83
(2,645)
Other timing differences
21
16
Tax losses carried forward
—
2,707
Deferred tax asset
104
78
A potential deferred tax asset of $291.9 million in relation to tax losses and allowances available to the Group’s main trading entity, Hurricane GLA Limited, 
has not been recognised, as it has been concluded that it is not appropriate to recognise any of this potential deferred tax asset based on an assessment 
of future taxable profits. There is an additional potential deferred tax asset of $71.9 million, representing pre-trading expenditure not recognised, and 
includes potential claims for ring-fence expenditure supplement claims. The additional deferred tax asset is calculated primarily at a rate of 40% (31 
December 2020: 40%) subject to any required adjustments for supplementary charge tax.
It is estimated that an increase in the long-term oil price curve used in the taxable profits forecast by $10 per barrel would give rise to a deferred tax asset 
relating to trading activities of $5.2 million. 

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
101
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Section 6. Taxation continued
6.3 Factors which may affect future tax charges
The Group has ring-fenced trading losses of $381.9 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $468.7 million) and supplementary charge losses 
and investment allowances of $693.0 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $707.8 million), which have no expiry date and would be available 
for offset against future ring-fenced trading profits. The Group also has unclaimed capital allowances of $328.4 million available to be used against 
future taxable profits at 31 December 2021 ($383.5 million). In addition, the Group has pre-trading expenditure of $124.9 million which is carried forward 
at 31 December 2021 and tax relief may be available were trading activities to commence in the pre-trading entities. This pre-trading expenditure could 
also be uplifted by RFES to $183.5 million.
The value of tax attributes as at 31 December 2021 at the currently prevailing tax rates can be summarised as follows:
Tax attributes
Tax rate
Tax value
$’000
%
$’000
Ring-fence losses
381,866
30%
114,560
Supplementary charge losses
261,900
10%
26,190
Investment allowance
431,145
10%
43,114
Unclaimed capital allowances
328,435
40%
131,374
Pre-trading expenditure (including RFES)
183,541
40%
73,416
Future decommissioning costs
49,346
40%
19,738
Non-ring-fence losses
5,128
25%
1,282
Value of tax attributes at prevailing tax rates
409,674
Access to these losses and allowances may be severely restricted at the point at which trading activities end (which would include a cessation of 
production from the Lancaster EPS). Furthermore, in the event of any corporate transaction, access to the brought forward losses may be restricted 
if trade was deemed negligible at the point of a change in control or there was deemed to be a major change in the nature or conduct of the Group 
or entity’s trading activities.
Oil and gas activity in the UK is subject to corporation tax at a combined rate of 40%, made up of 30% ring-fence corporation tax and 10% supplementary 
tax charge. The amount of tax loss that is associated with supplementary charge tax is generally lower than ring-fence losses as while interest is deductible 
for ring-fence corporation tax purposes, it is not deductible for supplementary charge tax. Ring-fence losses are relievable at 30% and supplementary 
charge tax losses are relievable at 10%. Once adjusted to take into account interest not deductible for supplementary charge the effective rate of relief 
is 36.9%. Investment allowance is only allowable against supplementary charge tax and attracts relief at 10%, and is available after tax losses have been 
taken into account.
During the year, the Group made claims for Small and Medium sized Enterprises (SME) R&D Relief (‘SME R&D’) (in respect of 2019) and Research and 
Development Expenditure Credit (RDEC) (in respect of 2020). Subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Group received a cash repayment of $3.2 million 
in respect of the SME R&D claim and $1.4 million in respect of the RDEC. The impact of these claims on the 2022 tax position will be a tax credit of 
$4.6 million in exchange for a surrender of $21.0 million of ring-fence trading losses.
Section 7. Other disclosures
7.1 Auditor’s remuneration
The following is an analysis of the gross fees payable to the Group’s auditor, PKF Littlejohn LLP (2020: Deloitte LLP):
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Audit services
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for:
The audit of the Company’s annual accounts
247
194
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries
25
36
272
230
Non-audit services
Other services pursuant to legislation – interim review
25
98
Fees payable to previous auditor for audit transition services
9
—
34
98
Total
306
328
Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts for the year ended 31 December 2021 include $104,000 of additional fees paid to Deloitte 
LLP in respect of the 2020 audit.

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
102
Section 7. Other disclosures continued
7.2 Other non-current assets
Accounting policy
Fixed assets, other than oil and gas assets, are depreciated so as to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of the asset on a straight-line 
basis over their useful lives of between two and five years.
The accounting policy for leases, including right-of-use assets, is presented in note 5.2.
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Other fixed assets:
Leased
1,024
2,106
Owned
165
295
Prepayments and rent deposits
175
204
Emission allowances
9
—
1,373
2,605
Other fixed assets held under leases (right-of-use assets) comprise office property leases. During the current year, provision for impairment of $0.7 million 
was made against one such lease (see note 5.2). There were no additions or disposals to this class of right-of-use asset during the current or prior year.
Owned other fixed assets include the cost of leasehold improvements, fixtures, office equipment and computer hardware.
At 31 December 2021, the Group held 43,903 EU emission allowances, carried at cost (being the de minimis conversion cost of international credits granted, 
plus allowances granted free of charge in respect of emission years 2019 and 2020 in excess of what was required for those periods). These allowances cannot 
be surrendered to meet the Group’s CO2 emissions liability for 2021 and thereafter (as the Group now operates under the UK emissions trading scheme), 
although the Group is able to sell or trade the allowances on the open market. The fair value of the allowances held at 31 December 2021 was $4.0 million.
7.3 Related parties
The remuneration of the directors, who are considered the Group’s key management personnel, is as follows: 
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Salaries, fees, bonuses and benefits in kind
1,960
1,828
Share-based payment credit
463
(308)
2,423
1,520
All transactions with the directors are detailed in the Remuneration Report.
As of 31 December 2021, Crystal Amber Fund Limited (‘Crystal Amber’) held 28.82% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares, and Crystal Amber have classified 
its investment in Hurricane as an associate. As such, Crystal Amber are now considered to be a related party of the Group. 
In 2020, amounts paid to related parties included $33,000 paid to Kerogen Capital, which was a related party of the Company due to the provision of 
key management personnel services to the Company. Kerogen ceased providing key management personnel services to the Company during that year. 
There is no ultimate controlling party of the Group.
7.4 Subsequent events
7.4.1 Decommissioning security
In February 2022, following a request from the Regulator, the Group placed an additional £5.7 million ($7.7 million) into Trust as additional 
decommissioning security in respect of the Lancaster EPS. These funds will be classified as restricted liquid investments.
7.4.2 Aoka Mizu charter extension
On 25 March 2022, the Group signed a contract with Bluewater (Aoka Mizu) B.V. (‘Bluewater’), the owner of the Aoka Mizu FPSO, for an extension to the 
Bareboat Charter. Under the terms of the extension, the existing fixed and variable lease payments remain at their current rate and either party can give 
six months’ notice of termination. The Group will also place up to $18.7 million into a secured deposit account (classified as restricted cash) for the benefit 
of Bluewater to cover the costs associated with the day rate for the six-month notice period and decommissioning in respect of the vessel. The impact of 
these changes will be reflected in the Group’s 2022 Financial Statements.
7.4.3 P1368(S) licence relinquishment
On 27 April 2022, the Group and its joint operation partner agreed to voluntarily surrender licence P1368(S), comprising the Lincoln asset. An impairment 
charge of $54.3 million has been recognised against the full carrying amount of exploration and evaluation expenditure attributable to the licence (see 
note 2.4.1). 

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
103
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Notes
$’000
$’000
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
B
1,065
2,210
Investments in subsidiaries
D
63,763
130,060
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
E
103,043
104,529
Deferred tax assets
104
78
Cash and cash equivalents
175
202
168,150
237,079
Current assets
Inventory
G
12,051
7,258
Trade and other receivables
E
1,565
12,803
Cash and cash equivalents
H
31,580
81,605
45,196
101,666
Total assets
213,346
338,745
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
F
(5,215)
(3,956)
Lease liabilities
C
(397)
(381)
Convertible Bond liability
I
(77,373)
—
Convertible Bond embedded derivative
I
(27)
—
(83,012)
(4,337)
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
C
(1,910)
(2,322)
Convertible Bond liability
I
—
(216,034)
Convertible Bond embedded derivative
I
—
(885)
(1,910)
(219,241)
Total liabilities
(84,922)
(223,578)
Net assets
128,424
115,167
Equity
Share capital 
2,885
2,885
Share premium 
822,458
822,458
Share option reserve
23,321
21,443
Own shares reserve
(845)
(923)
Foreign exchange reserve
(79,591)
(79,591)
Accumulated deficit
(639,804)
(651,105)
Total equity
128,424
115,167
The profit of the Company for 2021 was $11.3 million (2020: loss of $442.4 million), being the total comprehensive profit for the year (2020: total 
comprehensive loss).
The Financial Statements of Hurricane Energy plc were approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 27 April 2022. They were signed on its 
behalf by:
Antony Maris
Chief Executive Officer
Company Balance Sheet
as at 31 December 2021
Registered company number: 05245689

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
104
Share
Own
Foreign
Share
Share
option
shares
exchange
Accumulated
 capital
premium
reserve
reserve
reserve
deficit
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
At 1 January 2020 
2,883
821,910
20,828
(684)
(79,591)
(208,718)
556,628
Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
(442,387)
(442,387)
New shares issued under 
employee share schemes
2
548
—
(445)
—
—
105
Share-based payments
—
—
615
206
—
—
821
At 31 December 2020 
2,885
822,458
21,443
(923)
(79,591)
(651,105)
115,167
Profit for the period
—
—
—
—
—
11,301
11,301
Share-based payments
—
—
1,878
78
—
—
1,956
At 31 December 2021 
2,885
822,458
23,321
(845)
(79,591)
(639,804)
128,424
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
105
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A. General information
Hurricane Energy plc is a public company, limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom and registered in England and Wales 
under the Companies Act 2006. The Company is the ultimate parent of the Hurricane Energy plc Group whose principal activity is the exploration, 
development and production of oil and gas reserves on the UK Continental Shelf.
Basis of preparation
The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100, and as such these Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101). The Financial Statements have been prepared under the historical cost 
convention (except for derivative financial instruments which have been measured at fair value). 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption provided by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish its individual income statement 
and related notes, and has also taken advantage of the following disclosure exemptions under FRS 101:
	5 paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment (details of the number and weighted average exercise prices of share options, and how 
the fair value of goods or services received was determined), as equivalent disclosures are included within the consolidated Financial Statements;
	5 all requirements of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, where equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated Financial Statements;
	5 paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurement of assets 
and liabilities);
	5 paragraph 38 of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements – the requirement to disclose comparative information in respect of:
	@ paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1 (a reconciliation of the number of shares outstanding at the beginning and end of the period);
	@ paragraph 73(e) of IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment (reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period); 
and
	@ paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38 Intangible Assets (reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period);
	5 The following paragraphs of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements:
	@ 10(d) (statement of cash flows);
	@ 16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);
	@ 38A (requirement for minimum of two primary statements, including cash flow statements);
	@ 38B-D (additional comparative information);
	@ 111 (statement of cash flows information); and
	@ 134-136 (capital management disclosures)
	5 IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows;
	5 paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors (the requirement for the disclosure of information 
when an entity has not applied a new IFRS that has been issued but is not yet effective); and
	5 paragraph 17 of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures (key management compensation), and the other requirements of that standard to disclose related 
party transactions entered into between two or more members of a group, provided that any subsidiary which is a party to the transaction is wholly 
owned by such a member.
Accounting policies
The Company’s accounting policies are aligned with the Group accounting policies as set out within the Group Financial Statements, with the addition 
of the following:
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost less any accumulated provision for impairment losses.
Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty used in applying the Company’s accounting policies are the recoverability 
of investments and amounts due from subsidiaries (note D).
Notes to the Company Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Hurricane Energy plc
106
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
106
Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
B. Property, plant and equipment
Leased
Owned
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cost
At 1 January 2021
2,784
1,378
4,162
Additions
—
2
2
At 31 December 2021
2,784
1,380
4,164
Depreciation
At 1 January 2021
(677)
(1,275)
(1,952)
Charge for the year
(364)
(64)
(428)
Provision for impairment
(719)
—
(719)
At 31 December 2021
(1,760)
(1,339)
(3,099)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2021
1,024
41
1,065
Owned property, plant and equipment comprises leasehold improvements, fixtures, office equipment and computer hardware. Property, plant and equipment 
held under leases (right-of-use assets) comprise office property leases.
Following a reduction to staff numbers during the year and a move towards hybrid working arrangements, the Company recognised provision 
for impairment of $0.7 million in respect of one its office leases. 
The Company had no material capital commitments outstanding at the period end.
C. Leases
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
At 1 January
2,703
2,988
Cash payments of principal and interest
(508)
(508)
Interest charged
122
132
Foreign exchange movements
(10)
91
At 31 December
2,307
2,703
Of which:
Current
397
381
Non-current
1,910
2,322
2,307
2,703
The total cash outflow for leases for the year was $0.5 million.
The expense relating to short-term or low-value leases recognised in the Income Statement was not material.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
107
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
107
D. Investments in subsidiaries
Critical judgements and key source of estimation uncertainty – estimated future cash flows used for impairment testing
The Company assesses its investments in subsidiaries in each reporting period to determine whether any indicators of impairment exist. Where 
indicators exist, a formal impairment test is undertaken to estimate the recoverable amount (which is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal 
(FVLCD) and value in use (VIU)). The Company uses VIU as the basis of its assessments, using assumptions, judgements and estimates made over 
expected future cashflows generated by those subsidiaries consistent with those used in the Group’s assessment of impairment for oil and gas 
assets and intangible exploration and evaluation assets (see notes 2.3.1 and 2.4.1 respectively to the Group Financial Statements). 
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
$’000
Cost
At 1 January
161,769
Additions
366,000
At 31 December
527,769
Provisions for impairment
At 1 January
(31,709)
Provision for impairment made in year
(432,297)
At 31 December
(464,006)
Carrying amount at 1 January
130,060
Carrying amount at 31 December
63,763
During the year, the Company released $366.0 million of amounts due from its indirect 100% subsidiary, Hurricane GLA Limited, in consideration for 
Hurricane GLA Limited issuing $366.0 million of share capital and share premium to the Company. The Company directed Hurricane GLA Limited to issue 
the share capital to the Company’s direct 100% subsidiary, Hurricane Holdings Limited, in consideration for Hurricane Holdings Limited agreeing to issue 
the Company $366.0 million of share capital and share premium.
The Company subsequently impaired $432.3 million of its investment in Hurricane Holdings Limited. The impairment was undertaken on a value in use 
basis, with the Company’s best estimate of value in use considered to be materially equivalent to the investee’s net assets at the balance sheet date.
Details of the Company’s investments in subsidiaries held as at 31 December 2021 are presented below, and, unless otherwise noted:
	5 subsidiaries are incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom;
	5 ownership comprises the entire ordinary share capital of each subsidiary;
	5 subsidiaries are directly held by the Company; and
	5 the registered office of the Company and each subsidiary is The Wharf, Abbey Mill Business Park, Lower Eashing, Godalming, Surrey GU7 2QN.
Company
Company number
Nature of business
Hurricane Basement Limited1
07700492
Dormant company
Hurricane GLA Limited1
10656211
Oil and gas development and production
Hurricane Group Limited
07700755
Dormant company
Hurricane GWA Limited1
10656130
Oil and gas exploration
Hurricane Holdings Limited
10654801
Holding company
Hurricane Petroleum Limited1
07700415
Dormant company
Hurricane (Strathmore) Limited
10654846
Dormant company
Hurricane (Whirlwind) Limited
10654845
Oil and gas exploration
1.	 Held indirectly by the Company.

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued continued
for the year ended 31 December 2021
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
108
E. Trade and other receivables
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Receivables due from joint operation partner
813
12,024
Prepayments
441
536
Other receivables
311
243
1,565
12,803
The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values and are unsecured. Joint operation 
receivables represent amounts which will be recovered from the Group’s joint operation partner. Amounts billed to the joint operation partner accrued 
interest at LIBOR/SONIA and are generally due for settlement within ten days.
Critical judgements and key source of estimation uncertainty – recoverability of amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
The Company assesses recoverability of amounts due from subsidiaries in each reporting period using assumptions, judgements and estimates 
made over expected future cashflows generated by those subsidiaries consistent with those used in the Group’s assessment of impairment for oil 
and gas assets and intangible exploration and evaluation assets (see notes 2.3.1 and 2.4.1 respectively to the Group Financial Statements).
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
103,043
104,529
During the year, the Company released $151.5 million of amounts due from its 100% subsidiary, Hurricane GLA Limited, as consideration for Hurricane 
GLA Limited purchasing $151.5 million principal of the Company’s Convertible Bonds for cancellation (see note I). $366.0 million of the remaining balance 
due from Hurricane GLA Limited was subsequently released (see note D).
F. Trade and other payables
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Trade payables
2.914
2,551
Other payables
351
646
Accruals
1,950
759
5,215
3,956
The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values and are unsecured. Trade and other 
payables are non-interest bearing and generally payable within 30 days.
Trade and other payables and accruals include the Group’s share of joint operation payables, including amounts that the Group settles on behalf 
of joint operation partners. Accruals include expenditure relating to joint operations incurred by the Group as operator which have yet to be billed 
to joint operation partners.
G. Inventory
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Spares and supplies
12,051
7,258
12,051
7,258
H. Cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Restricted
Unrestricted
Total
Restricted
Unrestricted
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Current cash and cash equivalents 
—
31,580
31,580
—
81,605
81,605
Non-current cash and equivalents
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cash and cash equivalents
—
31,580
31,580
—
81,605
81,605
Non-current liquid investments
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total cash and cash equivalents and 
liquid investments
—
31,580
31,580
—
81,605
81,605

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
109
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
I. Convertible Bond
Debt
Derivative
component
component
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
Carrying value at 1 January 2020
206,604
36,316
242,920
Cash interest paid
(17,250)
—
(17,250)
Fair value gain
—
(35,431)
(35,431)
Interest charged
26,680
—
26,680
Carrying value at 31 December 2020
216,034
885
216,919
Cash interest paid
(17,372)
—
(17,372)
Consideration given to subsidiary for repurchase of Convertible Bond principal
(151,485)
—
(151,485)
Loss/(gain) on cancellation
5,386
(2,759)
2,627
Fair value loss
—
1,901
1,901
Interest charged
24,810
—
24,810
Carrying value at 31 December 2021
77,373
27
77,400
Fair value at 31 December 2020
102,615
885
103,500
Fair value at 31 December 2021
75,449
27
75,476
During the year, the Company released $151.5 million of amounts due from its 100% subsidiary, Hurricane GLA Limited, as consideration for Hurricane 
GLA Limited purchasing $151.5 million principal of the Company’s Convertible Bonds for cancellation. Further information on the Company’s Convertible 
Bond is disclosed in note 5.1 to the Group Financial Statements.
J. Other disclosures
Some information directly relevant to the Company Financial Statements is included in the notes to the Group Financial Statements, as the disclosures 
in those notes entirely relate to activities and balances of the Company:
	5 Note 2.6 – Joint operations
	5 Note 3.4 – Share-based payment expense
	5 Note 5.4 – Share capital
	5 Note 5.5 – Share option reserve
	5 Note 5.6 – Own shares reserve

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
110
Nominated adviser and broker
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited
150 Cheapside, London EC2V 6ET 
www.stifel.com
Joint broker
Investec
30 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7QP 
www.investec.com
Solicitors to Company
Dentons UKMEA LLP
One Fleet Place, London EC4M 7WS 
www.dentons.com 
Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP
15 Westferry Circus, Canary Wharf, London E14 4HD 
www.pkf-l.com 
Independent competent person
ERC Equipoise Limited
6th Floor Stephenson House, 2 Cherry Orchard Road, Croydon CR0 6BA 
Registrar and receiving agent
Computershare Investor Services Plc
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ 
www.computershare.co.uk 
PR and communications advisers
Vigo Consulting
Sackville House, 40 Piccadilly, London W1J 0DR 
www.vigoconsulting.com
Advisers

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
111
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1C
Denotes low estimate of Contingent Resources
1P
Denotes low estimate of Reserves (i.e., Proved Reserves). Equal to P1
2018 Code
The Financial Reporting Council’s UK Corporate Governance Code (2018)
2C
Denotes best estimate of Contingent Resources
2P
Denotes the best estimate of Reserves. The sum of Proved plus Probable Reserves
3C
Denotes high estimate of Contingent Resources
3P
Denotes high estimate of Reserves. The sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible Reserves
4Z
The suspended 205/21a-4z well on the Lancaster field, plugged and abandoned during 2021
Ad Hoc Committee
A group comprising certain of Hurricane’s Bondholders, with whom Hurricane announced, on 30 April 2021, it had 
entered into a lock-up agreement pursuant to the proposed financial restructuring
AIM
The AIM market of the London Stock Exchange
AGM
Annual General Meeting
Aoka Mizu
The Aoka Mizu FPSO, under lease to the Company from Bluewater
bbl
Barrel
Bluewater
Bluewater Energy Services and affiliates
Bondholder
A holder of one or more the Company’s Convertible Bonds
Board
Board of Directors of the Company
bopd
Barrels of oil per day
BP
BP Oil International Limited
bubble point
The pressure at which gas begins to come out of solution from oil within the reservoir
carry
Payment of a partner’s working interest share of costs
CEO
Chief Executive Officer
CFO
Chief Financial Officer
CGU
Cash generating unit
CO2e
Carbon dioxide equivalent
Company
Hurricane Energy plc and/or its subsidiaries
coned
The production of fluids as a result of drawdown pressures during production overcoming the natural buoyancy 
forces that segregate oil, water and gas
Contingent Resources
Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known 
accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially 
recoverable owing to one or more contingencies
Contingent Resources, 
Development Unclarified
A discovered accumulation where project activities are under evaluation and where justification as a commercial 
development is unknown based on available information
Convertible bond(s)
$230 million 7.5% Convertible bonds issued by the Company in July 2017, of which $78.5 million remain outstanding 
as at 31 December 2021
COO
Chief Operations Officer
COP 21
The 21st Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
Court
High Court of Justice of England and Wales
COVID-19
Coronavirus
CPR
Competent Persons Report
Crystal Amber
Crystal Amber Fund Limited
Developed Reserves
Reserves that are expected to be recovered from existing wells and facilities. Developed Reserves may be further 
sub-classified as producing or non-producing
DRR
Directors’ Remuneration Report
D&O
Directors and Officers
E&E
Exploration and Evaluation 
E&P
Exploration and Production/Exploration and Production company
EPS
Early Production System
ERCE
ERC Equipoise Limited
ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance
ESP
Electrical submersible pump
FDPA 
Field Development Plan Addendum
Appendix A: Glossary

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
112
Appendix A: Glossary continued
FPSO
Floating production storage and offloading vessel
FRC
Financial Reporting Council
FVLCD
Fair value less costs of disposal
FVTPL
Fair value through profit and loss
G&A
General and Administrative costs
GBP
British Pounds Sterling
GHG
Greenhouse Gas (i.e. Carbon Dioxide, Methane, Nitrous Oxide, Chlorofluorocarbon-12, Hydrofluorocarbon-23, 
Sulphur Hexafluoride, Nitrogen Trifluoride)
GLA
Greater Lancaster Area, comprising UKCS licences P1368 Central and P2308
GRI
Global Reporting Initiative
Group
Hurricane Energy plc, together with its subsidiaries
GWA
Greater Warwick Area, comprising the Lincoln and Warwick fields located on UKCS licences P1368 South and P2294
HSE
Health, Safety and Environmental
HSEM
Health, Safety and Environmental Management
HSEMS
Health, Safety and Environmental Management System
Hurricane
Hurricane Energy plc, together with its subsidiaries
IAS
International Accounting Standard 
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
Incoterms
The internationally recognised set of rules which define the responsibilities of buyers and sellers for the delivery of 
goods under sales contracts
IPIECA
International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Association
IPO
Initial Public Offering
JV
Joint venture
KPI
Key Performance Indicator
LIBOR
London Interbank Offered Rate
LLIs
Long-Lead Items
LTIP 
Long term incentive plan
M&A
Mergers and Acquisitions
Milestones
Those KPIs that relate to the VCP – long-term development goals linked to successful delivery of the EPS and 
monetisation of the Group’s assets over a five-year period
Mbbl
Thousand barrels of oil
MMbbl
Million barrels of oil
NSTA
North Sea Transition Authority (formerly Oil and Gas Authority (OGA))
Obligation well
The licence requirement to commence drilling a well on the Lincoln subarea of licence P1368 by no later than  
31 December 2020 (subsequently deferred to be no later than 30 June 2022) 
Official List
The list of companies listed in the UK maintained by the Financial Conduct Authority (acting in its capacity  
as the UK Listing Authority)
OGA
Oil and Gas Authority (now known as the North Sea Transition Authority (NSTA))
OEUK
Offshore Energies UK; the oil & gas trade association for the United Kingdom (formerly known as OGUK)
OPRED
Offshore Petroleum Regulator for Environment and Decommissioning
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares in the Company of £0.001 each
OWC
Oil water contact
P&A
Plug and abandon
P6
The 205/21a-6 producer well on the Lancaster field
P7z
The 205/21a-7z well on the Lancaster field, currently shut-in
Performance Measures
Those KPIs that relate to annual bonuses – inter-year progress measures, ensuring continued progress towards 
delivery of the Company’s strategy on an annual basis
PILON
Pay in Lieu of Notice
Premium Listing
Listing on the premium segment of a recognised stock exchange
PRMS
Petroleum Resources Management System
PSP
Performance Share Plan

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
113
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
psia
Pounds per square inch (absolute) unit of pressure
QCA
Quoted Companies Alliance
QCA Code
The QCA Corporate Governance Code
R&D
Research & Development
Regulator
The North Sea Transition Authority, the Department for Business Energy and Industrial Strategy, the Offshore 
Petroleum Regulator for Environment and Decommissioning and/or The Health and Safety Executive
Reserves
Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application 
of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions
Restructuring Plan
Implementation of the proposed financial restructuring announced by Hurricane on 30 April 2021 with holders of its 
Convertible Bonds under Part 26A of the Companies Act 2006, but subsequently not sanctioned by the Court
RDEC
Research and Development Expenditure Credit
RFES
Ring fence expenditure supplement
SIP
Share Incentive Plan
SME R&D
Small and Medium sized Enterprises R&D Relief
SONIA
Sterling Overnight Index Average
Spirit Energy
Spirit Energy Limited and affiliates
TEB
The Effective Board LLP
Tier 1 contractors
Hurricane’s major direct contractors 
TSR
Total Shareholder Return
TVDSS
True Vertical Depth Sub Sea
UKCS
United Kingdom Continental Shelf
USD
United States Dollars
VCP
Value Creation Plan
VIU
Value in use
WOSPS
West of Shetland Pipeline System

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
114
Appendix B: Non-IFRS Measures
Accounting policy for non-IFRS measures 
Management believes that certain non-IFRS measures (also referred to as ‘alternative performance measures’) are useful metrics as they provide 
additional useful information on performance and trends. These measures are used by management for internal performance analysis and incentive 
compensation arrangements for directors and employees. The non-IFRS measures presented below are not defined in IFRS or other GAAPs 
and therefore may not be comparable with similarly described or defined measures reported by other companies. They are not intended to be 
a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measures. 
Definitions and reconciliations to the nearest equivalent IFRS measure are presented below.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax is defined as profit before tax under IFRS less: fair value gains or losses on the Convertible Bond embedded 
derivative; fair value gains or losses on unhedged derivative financial instruments; impairment, impairment reversals and write-offs of intangible 
exploration and evaluation assets and other fixed assets; changes in decommissioning estimates on fully impaired assets; gains or losses on lease 
remeasurements; gains or losses on repurchase of debt instruments; and gains or losses on disposal of assets or subsidiaries.
Management believes that underlying profit before tax is a useful measure as it provides useful trends on the pre-tax performance of the Group’s 
core business and asset by removing certain non-cash items and transactions within the Income Statement. These are the volatile non-cash impact 
of the Convertible Bond embedded derivative movement, gains or losses arising from lease remeasurements, write-offs and impairments of assets 
including movements on decommissioning provisions where assets are fully impaired, accounting gains arising from debt repurchases, and disposals 
of assets or subsidiaries where they do not reflect the Group’s core business.
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Notes
$’000
$’000
Profit/(loss) before tax (IFRS measure)
18,210
(571,092)
Add back:
Fair value loss/(gain) on Convertible Bond embedded derivative
5.1
1,901
(35,431)
Fair value loss on unhedged derivative financial instruments
3.2
—
3,420
Impairment and write-off of intangible exploration and evaluation assets
2.4
54,280
47,945
Change in decommissioning estimates on fully impaired assets
2.5
1,973
—
Impairment of oil and gas assets
2.3
—
519,152
Impairment of other fixed assets and other right-of-use assets
5.2
719
—
Gain on revision of lease term
5.2
(49,125)
—
Net gain on repurchase of Convertible Bonds
5.1
(17,201)
—
Underlying profit/(loss) before tax
10,757
(36,006)
Cash production costs
Cash production costs are defined as cost of sales under IFRS, less depreciation of oil and gas assets (including right-of-use assets) and accounting 
movements of crude oil inventory (including any net realisable value provision movements), plus fixed lease payments payable for leased oil and gas 
assets. Cash production costs (excluding incentive tariff) are defined as cash production costs less variable lease payments.
Depreciation and movements in crude oil inventory are deducted as they are non-cash accounting adjustments to cost of sales. Fixed lease 
payments payable for oil and gas assets are added back because, under IFRS 16, the charge relating to fixed lease payments is charged to the 
Income Statement within both depreciation of oil and gas assets and interest on lease liabilities. They are therefore included within cash production 
costs as they are considered by management to be operating costs in nature. Fixed lease payments payable for the purposes of this measure are 
calculated as the day rate charge multiplied by the number of days in the period. Cash production costs (excluding incentive tariff) deduct variable 
lease payments, as the latter is directly linked to the price of crude oil sold and thus largely outside of management’s control. Cash production cost 
per barrel measures are defined as the relevant cash production cost measure divided by production volumes. 
Management believes that cash production costs and cash production costs per barrel (both including and excluding incentive tariff) are useful 
measures as they remove non-cash elements from cost of sales, assist with cash flow forecasting and budgeting, and provide indicative breakeven 
amounts for the sale of crude oil.

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2021
115
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Note
$’000
$’000
Cost of sales (IFRS measure)
2.2
173,125
179,816
Less:
Depreciation of oil and gas assets – owned
2.2
(94,200)
(84,756)
Depreciation of oil and gas assets – leased
2.3
(3,405)
(11,828)
Movements in crude oil inventory
2.2
10,622
(1,733)
Add:
Fixed lease payments payable on oil and gas assets
19,638
9,150
Cash production costs
105,780
90,649
Variable lease payments (incentive tariff)
2.2
(20,454)
(16,392)
Cash production costs (excluding incentive tariff)
85,326
74,257
Production volumes
3,748 Mbbl
5,078 Mbbl
Cash production costs per barrel
$28.2/bbl
$17.9/bbl
Cash production costs per barrel (excluding incentive tariff)
$22.8/bbl
$14.6/bbl
Net free cash and net debt
Net free cash is defined as current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, plus current financial trade and other receivables (which exclude 
prepayments) and current oil price derivatives, less current financial trade and other payables. 
Management believes that net free cash is a useful measure as it provides a view of the Group’s available liquidity and resources after settling all its 
immediate creditors and accruals and recovering amounts due and accrued from joint operation activities, outstanding amounts from crude oil 
sales and after settling any other financial trade payables or receivables.
Net debt is defined as net free cash less the nominal value of the Convertible Bond, being the total amount repayable on maturity of the Bond debt 
in July 2022 (unless previously converted, redeemed or purchased and cancelled).
Management believes that net debt is a useful measure as it aids stakeholders in understanding the current financial position and liquidity of the Group.
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Note
$’000
$’000
Cash and cash equivalents (IFRS measure)
4.1
76,792
143,703
Add:
Trade and other receivables
4.2
2,591
14,524
Less:
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
4.1
(7,934)
(28,792)
Prepayments
4.2
(1,058)
(1,644)
Trade and other payables
4.3
(18,843)
(16,356)
Net free cash
51,548
111,435
Nominal value of Convertible Bond
5.1.1
(78,515)
(230,000)
Net debt
(26,967)
(118,565)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Hurricane Energy plc
116
Appendix B: Non-IFRS Measures continued
Free cash flow
Free cash flow is defined as net cash inflow or outflow from operating activities per the Cash Flow Statement, excluding decommissioning spend 
and including fixed lease repayments, adjusted for other items considered by management to be capital rather than operating in nature. Free cash 
flow per barrel is calculated as free cash flow divided by production volumes for the year.
Management believes that free cash flow is a useful measure as it shows cash generated from ongoing operations and G&A.
Year ended
Year ended
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
Note
$’000
$’000
Net cash inflow from operating activities (IFRS measure)
147,044
81,770
Adjustments:
Decommissioning spend
4,824
2,108
Reallocation of items to cash capex
2,405
—
Lease repayments
5.2
(18,596)
(9,658)
Free cash flow
135,677
74,220
Free cash flow per barrel
$36.2/bbl
$14.6/bbl
Cash capex
Cash capex is defined as net cash used in investing activities per the Cash Flow Statement, less cash interest received and movement in liquid 
investment, plus decommissioning spend and adjusted for other items considered by management to be capital rather than operating in nature. 
Third-party cash capex is defined as cash capex less general and administrative expenditure capitalised into fixed assets.
Management believes that cash capex and third-party cash capex are useful measures as they show overall expenditure on projects and activities 
considered capital in nature, with and without the impact of internally capitalised general and administrative costs.
Year ended
Year ended
Note
31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2020
$’000
$’000
Net cash used in investing activities (IFRS measure)
29,698
83,604
Adjustments:
Interest received
27
1,227
Increase in liquid investments
(15,530)
(22,811)
Decommissioning spend
4,824
2,108
Reallocation of items from free cash flow
2,405
—
Cash capex
21,424
64,128
Less: capitalised general and administrative expenditure
Capitalised into oil and gas assets
3.3
(3,025)
(3,499)
Capitalised into intangible exploration and evaluation assets
3.3
(3,456)
(7,121)
Third-party cash capex
14,943
53,508

Hurricane Energy plc’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, 
which has been printed on Galerie Silk, an FSC® certified material. This document was printed 
by Park Communications using its environmental print technology, which minimises the impact 
of printing on the environment, with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. Both the printer 
and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.
CBP012444

All text to be supplied - visual purposes only
Head and Registered Office
Ground Floor
The Wharf  
Abbey Mill Business Park 
Lower Eashing 
Godalming 
Surrey 
GU7 2QN 
UK
T: +44 1483 862 820
F: +44 1483 862 859
E: comms@hurricaneenergy.com
hurricaneenergy.com